arXiv:1507.06762v2 [hep-th] 23 Dec 2015 -rnsDnmc,ASCTand AdS/CFT Dynamics, P-Branes nttt o ula eerhadNcerEnergy Nuclear and Research Nuclear for Institute rsne o bann h cetfi degree scientific the obtaining for presented UGRA CDM FSCIENCES OF ACADEMY BULGARIAN orlto Functions Correlation lmnBozhilov Plamen Dco fsciences” of ”Doctor OI,2015 SOFIA, Thesis Contents
1 Introduction 5
1.1 Brief Overview of String Theory ...... 5
1.1.1 Massless States of Bosonic Strings ...... 8
1.1.2 MasslessStatesofTypeIISuperstrings ...... 9
1.1.3 OpenSuperstring:TypeIString ...... 10
1.1.4 HeteroticStrings ...... 11
1.1.5 Summary ...... 12
1.2 String Compactifications ...... 12
1.2.1 ToroidalCompactifications...... 13
1.2.2 Compactifications on K3...... 14
1.2.3 Calabi-YauThreefolds ...... 16
1.3 Solitons in String Theory ...... 16
1.3.1 MagneticallyChargedStates...... 18
1.3.2 StringSolitons ...... 19
1.3.3 D-Branes ...... 20
2 P-branes dynamics in general backgrounds 22
2.1 P -braneactions...... 23
2.2 Dp-braneactions ...... 26
2.3 Exactsolutionsingeneralbackgrounds ...... 27
2.3.1 Staticgaugedynamics ...... 28
2.3.2 Branes dynamics in linear gauges ...... 32
2.3.3 Branes dynamics in the whole space-time ...... 35
2.3.4 Explicit solutions of the equations of motion ...... 39
1 2.4 Particularcases ...... 45
2.4.1 Tensionless string in Demianski-Newman background ...... 45
2.4.2 Tensionless p-branesinasolitonicbackground ...... 47
2.4.3 String and D-string solutions in other backgrounds ...... 48
3 AdS/CFT 54
3.1 Classical string solutions and string/field theory duality ...... 55
3.1.1 Rotating strings in type IIA reduction of M-theory on G2 manifold and their semiclassical limits ...... 58
5 3.1.2 Strings in AdS5 S , integrable systems and finite-sizeeffectsforsinglespikes× ...... 61
3.1.3 Finite-size effect of the dyonic giant magnons in =6superChern-Simons-mattertheory ...... 71 N 3.1.4 Finite-size dyonic giant magnons in TsT-transformed AdS S5 ... 79 5 × 3.1.5 Finite-size giant magnons on AdS CP 3 ...... 84 4 × γ 3.1.6 String solutions in AdS S3 T 4 withNS-NSB-field ...... 91 3 × × 3.1.7 Finite-size giant magnons on η-deformed AdS S5 ...... 100 5 × 3.2 Membraneresults...... 108
3.2.1 M2-brane solutions in AdS S4 ...... 108 7 × 3.2.2 M2-brane solutions in AdS S7 ...... 110 4 ×
3.2.3 Exact rotating membrane solutions on a G2 manifold and their semiclassical limits ...... 112
3.2.4 Rotating D2-branes in type IIA reduction of M-theory on G2 manifold and their semiclassical limits ...... 130
3.2.5 Two-spin magnon-like energy-charge relations fromM-theoryviewpoint...... 139
3.2.6 Integrable systems from membranes on AdS S7 ...... 141 4 ×
2 3.2.7 M2-brane perspective on = 6 super Chern-Simons-matter theory at levelk ...... N 146
4 Three-point correlation functions 154
4.1 Semiclassical three-point correlation functions in AdS S5 ...... 155 5 × 4.1.1 Two GM states and dilaton with zero momentum ...... 155
4.1.2 Two GM states and dilaton with non-zero momentum ...... 161
4.1.3 TwoGMstatesandprimaryscalaroperators ...... 165
4.1.4 Two GM states and singlet scalar operators on higher string levels . . 168
4.2 Semiclassical three-point correlation functions in TsT-deformed AdS S5 ...... 171 5 × 4.2.1 Two GM states and dilaton with zero momentum ...... 171
4.2.2 Two GM states and dilaton with non-zero momentum ...... 174
4.2.3 TwoGMstatesandprimaryscalaroperators ...... 175
4.2.4 Two GM states and singlet scalar operators on higher string levels . . 178
4.3 Semiclassical three-point correlation functions in η-deformed AdS S5 . . . 180 5 × 4.3.1 Two GM states and dilaton with zero momentum ...... 180
4.3.2 Two GM states and dilaton with non-zero momentum ...... 184
4.3.3 TwoGMstatesandprimaryscalaroperators ...... 185
4.3.4 Two GM states and singlet scalar operators on higher string levels . . 187
5 Contributions 189
A Notations for the special functions 193
B Relation between the NR system and CSG 194
B.1 Explicit Relations between the Parameters ...... 194
B.2 On R S2 ...... 195 t ×
3 B.2.1 TheGiantMagnon ...... 195
B.2.2 TheSingleSpike ...... 196
B.3 On R S3 ...... 196 t × B.3.1 TheGiantMagnon ...... 196
B.3.2 TheSingleSpike ...... 197
C Explicit exact solutions in AdS S3 T 4 with NS-NS B-field 198 3 × ×
D M2-brane GM and SS 204
D.1 Finite-SizeEffects...... 204
D.1.1 TheM2-braneGM ...... 205
D.1.2 TheM2-braneSS...... 206
4 1 Introduction
In the attempt to unify all the forces present in Nature, which entails having a con- sistent quantum theory of gravity, superstring theories seem promising candidates. The evidence that string theories could be unified theories is provided by the presence in their massless spectrum of enough particles to account for those present at low energies, including the graviton [1].
String theory is by now a vast subject with more than four decades of active research contributing to its development. During the last years, our understanding of string theory has undergone a dramatic change. One of the keys to this development is the discovery of duality symmetries, which relate the strong and weak coupling limits of different string theories (S-duality). This led to the appearance of M-theory supposed to be the strong coupling limit of all superstring theories.
Now, we will give a brief introduction to the related notions in string theory following mainly [2].
1.1 Brief Overview of String Theory
String theory is a description of dynamics of objects with one spatial direction, which we parameterize by σ, propagating in a space parameterized by xµ. The world-sheet of the string is parameterized by coordinates (τ, σ) where each τ = constant denotes the string at a given time. The amplitude for propagation of a string from an initial configuration to a final one is given by sum over world-sheets which interpolate between the two string configurations weighed by exp(iS), where
S dτdσ ∂ xµ∂J xνg (x) (1.1) ∝ J µν Z where gµν is the metric on space-time and J runs over the τ and σ directions. Note that by slicing the world-sheet we will get configurations where a single string splits to a pair or vice versa, and combinations thereof.
µ If we consider propagation in flat space-time where gµν = ηµν the fields x on the world- sheet, which describe the position in space-time of each bit of string, are free fields and satisfy the 2 dimensional equation ∂ ∂J xµ =(∂2 ∂2)xµ =0. J τ − σ The solution of which is given by xµ(τ, σ)= xµ (τ + σ)+ xµ (τ σ). L R − In particular notice that the left- and right-moving degrees of freedom are essentially inde- pendent. There are two basic types of strings: Closed strings and Open strings depending on
5 whether the string is a closed circle or an open interval respectively. If we are dealing with closed strings the left- and right-moving degrees of freedom remain essentially independent but if are dealing with open strings the left-moving modes reflecting off the left boundary become the right-moving modes–thus the left- and right-moving modes are essentially iden- tical in this case. In this sense an open string has ‘half’ the degrees of freedom of a closed string and can be viewed as a ‘folding’ of a closed string so that it looks like an interval.
There are two basic types of string theories, bosonic and fermionic. What distinguishes bosonic and fermionic strings is the existence of supersymmetry on the world-sheet. This means that in addition to the coordinates xµ we also have anti-commuting fermionic coor- µ dinates ψL,R which are space-time vectors but fermionic spinors on the worldsheet whose chirality is denoted by subscript L, R. The action for superstrings takes the form
µ µ µ µ µ µ S = ∂Lx ∂Rx + ψR∂LψR + ψL∂RψR. Z There are two consistent boundary conditions on each of the fermions, periodic (Ramond sector) or anti-periodic (Neveu-Schwarz sector) (note that the coordinate σ is periodic).
A natural question arises as to what metric we should put on the world-sheet. In the above we have taken it to be flat. However in principle there is one degree of freedom that a metric can have in two dimensions. This is because it is a 2 2 symmetric matrix (3 degrees of freedom) which is defined up to arbitrary reparametrization× of 2 dimensional space-time (2 degrees of freedom) leaving us with one function. Locally we can take the 2 dimensional metric gJK to be conformally flat
gJK = exp(φ)ηJK. Classically the action S does not depend on φ. This is easily seen by noting that the properly coordinate invariant action density goes as g gJK∂ xµ∂ xν η and is independent of φ | | J K µν only in D = 2. This is rather nice and means that we can ignore all the local dynamics p associated with gravity on the world-sheet. This case is what is known as the critical string case which is the case of most interest. It turns out that this independence from the local dynamics of the world-sheet metric survives quantum corrections only when the dimension of space is 26 in the case of bosonic strings and 10 for fermionic or superstrings. Each string can be in a specific vibrational mode which gives rise to a particle. To describe the totality of such particles it is convenient to go to ‘light-cone’ gauge. Roughly speaking this means that we take into account that string vibration along their world-sheet is not physical. In particular for bosonic string the vibrational modes exist only in 24 transverse directions and for superstrings they exist in 8 transverse directions.
Solving the free field equations for x, ψ we have
µ µ in(τ+σ) ∂Lx = α ne− − n X µ µ in(τ+σ) ψL = ψ ne− (1.2) − n X 6 µ ˜µ and similarly for right-moving oscillator modesα ˜ n and ψ n. The sum over n in the above − − runs over integers for the α n. For fermions depending on whether we are in the R sector or − NS sector it runs over integers or integers shifted by 1/2 respectively. Many things decouple between the left- and right-movers in the construction of a single string Hilbert space and we sometimes talk only about one of them. For the open string Fock space the left- and right-movers mix as mentioned before, and we simply get one copy of the above oscillators.
A special role is played by the zero modes of the oscillators. For the x-fields they corre- spond to the center of mass motion and thus α0 gets identified with the left-moving momen- tum of the center of mass. In particular we have for the center of mass
x = α (τ + σ)+˜α (τ σ), 0 0 − where we identify
(α0, α˜0)=(PL,PR).
Note that for closed string, periodicity of x in σ requires that PL = PR = P which we identify with the center of mass momentum of the string.
In quantizing the fields on the strings we use the usual (anti)commutation relations
µ ν µν [αn,αm]= nδm+n,0η ψµ, ψν = ηµνδ . { n m} m+n,0 We choose the negative moded oscillators as creation operators. In constructing the Fock space we have to pay special attention to the zero modes. The zero modes of α should be diagonal in the Fock space and we identify their eigenvalue with momentum. For ψ in the NS sector there is no zero mode so there is no subtlety in construction of the Hilbert space. For the R sector, we have zero modes. In this case the zero modes form a Clifford algebra
ψµ, ψν = ηµν. { 0 0 } This implies that in these cases the ground state is a spinor representation of the Lorentz group. Thus a typical element in the Fock space looks like
Lµ1 Lµk Rµ1 Rµk α n1 ....ψ n ... PL, a α m1 ....ψ mr ... PR, b , − − k | i ⊗ − − | i where a, b label spinor states for R sectors and are absent in the NS case; moreover for the bosonic string we only have the left and right bosonic oscillators.
It is convenient to define the total oscillator number as sum of the negative oscillator numbers, for left- and right- movers separately. NL = n1 +...+nk +..., NR = m1 +...+mr +.... The condition that the two dimensional gravity decouple implies that the energy momentum tensor annihilate the physical states. The trace of the energy momentum tensor is zero here (and in all compactifications of string theory) and so we have two independent components
7 which can be identified with the left- and right- moving hamiltonians HL,R and the physical states condition requires that
H = N + (1/2)P 2 δ =0= H = N + (1/2)P 2 δ , (1.3) L L L − L R R R − R where δL,R are normal ordering constants which depend on which string theory and which sector we are dealing with. For bosonic string δ = 1, for superstrings we have two cases: For NS sector δ = 1/2 and for the R sector δ = 0. The equations (1.3) give the spectrum of particles in the string perturbation theory. Note that P 2 = P 2 = m2 and so we see that L R − m2 grows linearly with the oscillator number N, up to a shift:
(1/2)m2 = N δ = N δ . (1.4) L − L R − R
1.1.1 Massless States of Bosonic Strings
Let us consider the left-mover excitations. Since δ = 1 for bosonic string, (1.4) implies that if we do not use any string oscillations, the ground state is tachyonic 1/2m2 = 1. This clearly implies that bosonic string by itself is not a good starting point for perturbation− theory. Nevertheless in anticipation of a modified appearance of bosonic strings in the context of heterotic strings, let us continue to the next state.
If we consider oscillator number NL = 1, from (1.4) we learn that excitation is massless. Putting the right-movers together with it, we find that it is given by
µ ν α 1α˜ 1 P . − − | i What is the physical interpretation of these massless states? The most reliable method is to find how they transform under the little group for massless states which in this case is SO(24). If we go to the light cone gauge, and count the physical states, which roughly speaking means taking the indices µ to go over spatial directions transverse to a null vector, we can easily deduce the content of states. By decomposing the above massless state under the little group of SO(24), we find that we have symmetric traceless tensor, anti-symmetric 2-tensor, and the trace, which we identify as arising from 26 dimensional fields
gµν , Bµν,φ (1.5) the metric, the anti-symmetric field B and the dilaton. This triple of fields should be viewed as the stringy multiplet for gravity. The quantity exp[ φ] is identified with the string coupling constant. What this means is that a world-sheet− configuration of a string which sweeps a genus g curve, which should be viewed as g-th loop correction for string theory, will be weighed by exp( 2(g 1)φ). The existence of the field B can also be understood (and in some sense predicted)− − rather easily. If we have a point particle it is natural to have it charged under a gauge field, which introduces a term exp(i A) along the world-line. For strings the natural generalization of this requires an anti-symmetric 2-form to integrate over R
8 the world-sheet, and so we say that the strings are charged under Bµν and that the amplitude for a world-sheet configuration will have an extra factor of exp(i B).
Since bosonic string has tachyons we do not know how to makeR sense of that theory by itself.
1.1.2 Massless States of Type II Superstrings
Let us now consider the light particle states for superstrings. We recall from the above discussion that there are two sectors to consider, NS and R, separately for the left- and the right-movers. As usual we will first treat the left- and right-moving sectors separately and then combine them at the end. Let us consider the NS sector for left-movers. Then the formula for masses (1.3) implies that the ground state is tachyonic with 1/2m2 = 1/2. µ − The first excited states from the left-movers are massless and corresponds to ψ 1/2 0 , and − | i so is a vector in space-time. How do we deal with the tachyons? It turns out that summing over the boundary conditions of fermions on the world-sheet amounts to keeping the states with a fixed fermion number ( 1)F on the world-sheet. Since in the NS sector the number − of fermionic oscillator correlates with the integrality/half-integrality of N, it turns out that the consistent choice involves keeping only the N =half-integral states. This is known as the GSO projection. Thus the tachyon is projected out and the lightest left-moving state is a massless vector.
For the R-sector using (1.3) we see that the ground states are massless. As discussed above, quantizing the zero modes of fermions implies that they are spinors. Moreover GSO projection, which is projection on a definite ( 1)F state, amounts to projecting to spinors of a given chirality. So after GSO projection we− get a massless spinor of a definite chirality. Let us denote the spinor of one chirality by s and the other one by s′.
Now let us combine the left- and right-moving sectors together. Here we run into two distinct possibilities: A) The GSO projections on the left- and right-movers are different and lead in the R sector to ground states with different chirality. B) The GSO projections on the left- and right-movers are the same and lead in the R sector to ground states with the same chirality. The first case is known as type IIA superstring and the second one as type IIB. Let us see what kind of massless modes we get for either of them. From NS NS we find for both type IIA,B ⊗ NS NS v v (g , B ,φ) ⊗ → ⊗ → µν µν From the NS R and R NS we get the fermions of the theory (including the gravitinos). ⊗ ⊗ However the IIA and IIB differ in that the gravitinos of IIB are of the same chirality, whereas for IIA they are of the opposite chirality. This implies that IIB is a chiral theory whereas IIA is non-chiral. Let us move to the R R sector. We find ⊗ IIA : R R = s s′ (A ,C ) ⊗ ⊗ → µ µνρ IIB : R R = s s (χ, B′ ,D ), (1.6) ⊗ ⊗ → µν µνρλ 9 where all the tensors appearing above are fully antisymmetric. Moreover Dµνρλ has a self- dual field strength F = dD = F . It turns out that to write the equations of motion in a unified way it is convenient to∗ consider a generalized gauge fields and in the IIA and A B IIB case respectively by adding all the fields in the RR sector together with the following properties: i) ( ) involve all the odd (even) dimensional antisymmetric fields. ii) the A B equation of motion is d = d . In the case of all fields (except Dµνλρ) this equation allows us to solve for the formsA with∗ degreesA bigger than 4 in terms of the lower ones and moreover it implies the field equation d dA = 0 which is the familiar field equation for the gauge ∗ fields. In the case of the D-field it simply gives that its field strength is self-dual.
1.1.3 Open Superstring: Type I String
In the case of type IIB theory in 10 dimensions, we note that the left- and right- moving degrees of freedom on the worldsheet are the same. In this case we can ‘mod out’ by a reflection symmetry on the string; this means keeping only the states in the full Hilbert space which are invariant under the left-/right-moving exchange of quantum numbers. This is simply projecting the Hilbert space onto the invariant subspace of the projection operator 1 P = 2 (1 + Ω) where Ω exchanges left- and right-movers. Ω is known as the orientifold operation as it reverses the orientation on the world-sheet. Note that this symmetry only exists for IIB and not for IIA theory (unless we accompany it with a parity reflection in spacetime). Let us see which bosonic states we will be left with after this projection. From the NS-NS sector Bµν is odd and projected out and thus we are left with the symmetric parts of the tensor product
NS NS (v v) =(g ,φ). − → ⊗ symm. µν From the R-R sector since the degrees of freedom are fermionic from each sector we get, when exchanging left- and right-movers an extra minus sign which thus means we have to keep anti-symmetric parts of the tensor product
R R (s s)anti symm. = B˜µν . − → ⊗ − This is not the end of the story, however. In order to make the theory consistent we need to introduce a new sector in this theory involving open strings. This comes about from the fact that in the R-R sector there actually is a 10 form gauge potential which has no propagating degree of freedom, but acquires a tadpole. Introduction of a suitable open string sector cancels this tadpole.
As noted before the construction of open string sector Hilbert space proceeds as in the closed string case, but now, the left-moving and right-moving modes become indistinguish- able due to reflection off the boundaries of open string. We thus get only one copy of the oscillators. Moreover we can associate ‘Chan-Paton’ factors to the boundaries of open string . To cancel the tadpole it turns out that we need 32 Chan-Paton labels on each end. We still have two sectors corresponding to the NS and R sectors. The NS sector gives a vector field
10 Aµ and the R sector gives the gaugino. The gauge field Aµ has two additional labels coming from the end points of the open string and it turns out that the left-right exchange projection of the type IIB theory translates to keeping the antisymmetric component of A = AT , µ − µ which means we have an adjoint of SO(32). Thus all put together, the bosonic degrees of freedom are
(gµν, B˜µν ,φ)+(Aµ)SO(32).
We should keep in mind here that B˜ came not from the NS-NS sector, but from the R-R sector.
1.1.4 Heterotic Strings
Heterotic string is a combination of bosonic string and superstring, where roughly speaking the left-moving degrees of freedom are as in the bosonic string and the right- moving degrees of freedom are as in the superstring. It is clear that this makes sense for the construction of the states because the left- and right-moving sectors hardly talk with each other. This is almost true, however they are linked together by the zero modes of the bosonic oscillators which give rise to momenta (PL,PR). Previously we had PL = PR but now this cannot be the case because PL is 26 dimensional but PR is 10 dimensional. It is natural to decompose PL to a 10+16 dimensional vectors, where we identify the 10 dimensional part of it with PR. It turns out that for the consistency of the theory the extra 16 dimensional component should belong to the root lattice of E8 E8 or a Z2 sublattice of SO(32) weight lattice. In either of these two cases the vectors in the× lattice with (length)2 = 2 arein oneto one correspondence with non-zero weights in the adjoint of E8 E8 and SO(32) respectively. These can also be conveniently represented (through bosonizatio× n) by 32 fermions: In the case of E E we group them to two groups of 16 and consider independent NS, R sectors 8 × 8 for each group. In the case of SO(32) we only have one group of 32 fermions with either NS or R boundary conditions.
Let us tabulate the massless modes using (1.4). The right-movers can be either NS or R. The left-moving degrees of freedom start out with a tachyonic mode. But (1.4) implies that this is not satisfying the level-matching condition because the right-moving ground state is at zero energy. Thus we should search on the left-moving side for states with L0 = 0 which 2 means from (1.4) that we have either NL = 1 or (1/2)PL = 1, where PL is an internal 16 dimensional vector in one of the two lattices noted above. The states with NL = 1 are
16 v, ⊕ where 16 corresponds to the oscillation direction in the extra 16 dimensions and v corresponds 2 to vector in 10 dimensional spacetime. States with (1/2)PL = 1 correspond to the non-zero weights of the adjoint of E E or SO(32) which altogether correspond to 480 states in 8 × 8 both cases. The extra 16 NL = 1 modes combine with these 480 states to form the adjoints of E E or SO(32) respectively. The right-movers give, as before, a v s from the NS 8 × 8 ⊕ 11 and R sectors respectively. So putting the left- and right-movers together we finally get for the massless modes
(v Adj) (v s). ⊕ ⊗ ⊕ Thus the bosonic states are (v Adj) v which gives ⊕ ⊗
(gµν, Bµν ,φ; Aµ), where the A is in the adjoint of E E or SO(32). Note that in the SO(32) case this is µ 8 × 8 an identical spectrum to that of type I strings.
1.1.5 Summary
To summarize, we have found 5 consistent strings in 10 dimensions: Type IIA with N = 2 non-chiral supersymmetry, type IIB with N = 2 chiral supersymmetry, type I with N=1 supersymmetry and gauge symmetry SO(32) and heterotic strings with N=1 supersymmetry with SO(32) or E E gauge symmetry. Note that as far as the massless modes are 8 × 8 concerned we only have four inequivalent theories, because heterotic SO(32) theory and Type I theory have the same light degrees of freedom. In discussing compactifications it is sometimes natural to divide the discussion between two cases depending on how many supersymmetries we start with. In this context we will refer to the type IIA and B as N =2 theories and Type I and heterotic strings as N =1 theories.
1.2 String Compactifications
So far we have only talked about superstrings propagating in 10 dimensional Minkowski spacetime. If we wish to connect string theory to the observed four dimensional spacetime, somehow we have to get rid of the extra 6 directions. One way to do this is by assuming that the extra 6 dimensions are tiny and thus unobservable in the present day experiments. In such scenarios we have to understand strings propagating not on ten dimensional Minkowski spacetime but on four dimensional Minkowski spacetime times a compact 6 dimensional manifold K. In order to gain more insight it is convenient to consider compactifications not just to 4 dimensions but to arbitrary dimensional spacetimes, in which case the dimension of K is variable.
The choice of K and the string theory we choose to start in 10 dimensions will lead to a large number of theories in diverse dimensions, which have different number of supersymme- tries and different low energy effective degrees of freedom. In order to get a handle on such compactifications it is useful to first classify them according to how much supersymmetry they preserve. This is useful because the higher the number of supersymmetry the less the quantum corrections there are.
12 If we consider a general manifold K we find that the supersymmetry is completely broken. This is the case we would really like to understand, but it turns out that string perturbation theory always breaks down in such a situation; this is intimately connected with the fact that typically cosmological constant is generated by perturbation theory and this destabilizes the Minkowski solution. For this reason we do not even have a single example of such a class whose dynamics we understand. Instead if we choose K to be of a special type we can preserve a number of supersymmetries.
For this to be the case, we need K to admit some number of covariantly constant spinors. This is the case because the number of supercharges which are ‘unbroken’ by compactification is related to how many covariantly constant spinors we have. To see this note that if we wish to define a constant supersymmetry transformation, since a space-time spinor, is also a spinor of internal space, we need in addition a constant spinor in the internal compact directions. The basic choices are manifolds with trivial holonomy (flat tori are the only example), SU(n) holonomy (Calabi-Yau n-folds), Sp(n) holonomy (4n dimensional manifolds), 7-manifolds of G2 holonomy and 8-manifolds of Spin(7) holonomy.
1.2.1 Toroidal Compactifications
The space with maximal number of covariantly constant spinors is the flat torus T d. This is also the easiest to describe the string propagation in. The main modification to the construction of the Hilbert space from flat non-compact space in this case involves relaxing the condition PL = PR because the string can wrap around the internal space and so X does not need to come back to itself as we go around σ. In particular if we consider compactification on a circle of radius R we can have n n (P ,P )=( + mR, mR). L R 2R 2R − Here n labels the center of mass momentum of the string along the circle and m labels how many times the string is winding around the circle. Note that the spectrum of allowed (PL,PR) is invariant under R 1/2R. All that we have to do is to exchange the momentum and winding modes (n m).→ This symmetry is a consequence of what is known as T -duality. ↔ d If we compactify on a d-dimensional torus T it can be shown that (PL,PR) belong to a 2d dimensional lattice with signature (d,d). Moreover this lattice is integral, self-dual and 2 2 even. Evenness means, PL PR is even for each lattice vector. Self-duality means that any vector which has integral product− with all the vectors in the lattice sits in the lattice as well. It is an easy exercise to check these condition in the one dimensional circle example given above. Note that we can change the radii of the torus and this will clearly affect the (PL,PR). Given any choice of a d-dimensional torus compactifications, all the other ones can be obtained by doing an SO(d,d) Lorentz boost on (PL,PR) vectors. Of course rotating (P ,P ) by an O(d) O(d) transformation does not change the spectrum of the string states, L R ×
13 so the totality of such vectors is given by SO(d,d) SO(d) SO(d). × Some Lorentz boosts will not change the lattice and amount to relabeling the states. These are the boosts that sit in O(d,d; Z) (i.e. boosts with integer coefficients), because they can be undone by choosing a new basis for the lattice by taking an integral linear combination of lattice vectors. So the space of inequivalent choices are actually given by SO(d,d) SO(d) SO(d) O(d,d; Z). × × The O(d,d; Z) generalizes the T-duality considered in the 1-dimensional case.
1.2.2 Compactifications on K3
The four dimensional manifold K3 is the only compact four dimensional manifold, besides T 4, which admits covariantly constant spinors. In fact it has exactly half the number of covariantly constant spinors as on T 4 and thus preserves half of the supersymmetry that would have been preserved upon toroidal compactification. More precisely the holonomy of a generic four manifold is SO(4). If the holonomy resides in an SU(2) subgroup of SO(4) which leaves an SU(2) part of SO(4) untouched, we end up with one chirality of SO(4) spinor being unaffected by the curvature of K3, which allows us to define supersymmetry transformations as if K3 were flat (note a spinor of SO(4) decomposes as (2, 1) (1, 2) of SU(2) SU(2)). ⊕ × There are a number of realizations of K3, which are useful depending on which question one is interested in. Perhaps the simplest description of it is in terms of orbifolds. This description of K3 is very close to toroidal compactification and differs from it by certain discrete isometries of the T 4 which are used to (generically) identify points which are in the same orbit of the discrete group. Another description is as a 19 complex parameter family of K3 defined by an algebraic equation.
Consider a T 4 which for simplicity we take to be parametrized by four real coordinates x with i =1, ..., 4, subject to the identifications x x + 1. It is sometimes convenient to i i ∼ i think of this as two complex coordinates z1 = x1 + ix2 and z2 = x3 + ix4 with the obvious identifications. Now we identify the points on the torus which are mapped to each other under the Z action (involution) given by reflection in the coordinates x x , which is 2 i → − i equivalent to
z z . i → − i Note that this action has 24 = 16 fixed points given by the choice of midpoints or the origin in any of the four xi. The resulting space is singular at any of these 16 fixed points because
14 the angular degree of freedom around each of these points is cut by half. Put differently, if we consider any primitive loop going ‘around’ any of these 16 fixed point, it corresponds to 4 an open curve on T which connects pairs of points related by the Z2 involution. Moreover the parallel transport of vectors along this path, after using the Z2 identification, results in a flip of the sign of the vector. This is true no matter how small the curve is. This shows that we cannot have a smooth manifold at the fixed points.
When we move away from the orbifold points of K3 the description of the geometry of K3 4 in terms of the properties of the T and the Z2 twist become less relevant, and it is natural to ask about other ways to think about K3. In general a simple way to define complex manifolds is by imposing complex equations in a compact space known as the projective n n-space CP . This is the space of complex variables (z1, ..., zn+1) excluding the origin and subject to the identification (z , ..., z ) λ(z , ..., z ) λ =0. 1 n+1 ∼ 1 n+1 6 One then considers the vanishing locus of a homogeneous polynomial of degree d, Wd(zi)=0 to obtain an n 1 dimensional subspace of CPn. An interesting special case is when the degree is d = n −+ 1. In this case one obtains an n 1 complex dimensional manifold which − admits a Ricci-flat metric. This is the case known as Calabi-Yau. For example, if we take the case n = 2, by considering cubics in it 3 3 3 z1 + z2 + z3 + az1z2z3 =0 we obtain an elliptic curve, i.e. a torus of complex dimension 1 or real dimension 2. The next case would be n = 3 in which case, if we consider a quartic polynomial in CP3 we obtain the 2 complex dimensional K3 manifold: 4 4 4 4 W = z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 + deformations = 0. There are 19 inequivalent quartic terms we can add. This gives us a 19 dimensional com- plex subspace of 20 dimensional complex moduli of the K3 manifold. Clearly this way of representing K3 makes the complex structure description of it very manifest, and makes the Kahler structure description implicit.
Note that for a generic quartic polynomial the K3 we obtain is non-singular. This is in sharp contrast with the orbifold construction which led us to 16 singular points. It is possible to choose parameters of deformation which lead to singular points for K3. For example if we consider 4 4 4 4 z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 +4z1z2z3z4 =0 it is easy to see that the resulting K3 will have a singularity (one simply looks for non-trivial solutions to dW = 0).
There are other ways to construct Calabi-Yau manifolds and in particular K3’s. One nat- ural generalization to the above construction is to consider weighted projective spaces where the zi are identified under different rescalings. In this case one considers quasi-homogeneous polynomials to construct submanifolds.
15 1.2.3 Calabi-Yau Threefolds
Calabi-Yau threefolds are manifolds with SU(3) holonomy. The compactification on manifolds of SU(3) holonomy preserves 1/4 of the supersymmetry. In particular if we compactify N = 2 theories on Calabi-Yau threefolds we obtain N = 2 theories in d = 4, whereas if we consider N = 1 theories we obtain N = 1 theories in d = 4.
If we wish to construct the Calabi-Yau threefolds as toroidal orbifolds we need to consider six dimensional tori, three complex dimensional, which have discrete isometries residing in SU(3) subgroup of the O(6) = SU(4) holonomy group. A simple example is if we consider the product of three copies of T 2 corresponding to the Hexagonal lattice and mod out by a simultaneous Z3 rotation on each torus (this is known as the ‘Z-orbifold’). This Z3 transformation has 27 fixed points which can be blown up to give rise to a smooth Calabi- Yau.
We can also consider description of Calabi-Yau threefolds in algebraic geometry terms for which the complex deformations of the manifold can be typically realized as changes of coefficients of defining equations, as in the K3 case. For instance we can consider the 4 projective 4-space CP defined by 5 complex not all vanishing coordinates zi up to overall rescaling, and consider the vanishing locus of a homogeneous degree 5 polynomial
P5(z1, ..., z5)=0.
This defines a Calabi-Yau threefold, known as the quintic three-fold. This can be general- ized to the case of product of several projective spaces with more equations. Or it can be generalized by taking the coordinates to have different homogeneity weights. This will give a huge number of Calabi-Yau manifolds.
1.3 Solitons in String Theory
Solitons arise in field theories when the vacuum configuration of the field has a non- trivial topology which allows non-trivial wrapping of the field configuration at spatial infinity around the vacuum manifold. These will carry certain topological charge related to the ‘winding’ of the field configuration around the vacuum configuration. Examples of solitons include magnetic monopoles in four dimensional non-abelian gauge theories with unbroken U(1), cosmic strings and domain walls. The solitons naively play a less fundamental role than the fundamental fields which describe the quantum field theory. In some sense we can think of the solitons as ‘composites’ of more fundamental elementary excitations. However as is well known, at least in certain cases, this is just an illusion. In certain cases it turns out that we can reverse the role of what is fundamental and what is composite by considering a different regime of parameter. In such regimes the soliton may be viewed as the elementary excitation and the previously viewed elementary excitation can be viewed as a soliton. A well known example of this phenomenon happens in 2 dimensional field theories. Most notably the
16 boson/fermion equivalence in the two dimensional sine-Gordon model, where the fermions may be viewed as solitons of the sine-Gordon model and the boson can be viewed as a composite of fermion-anti-fermion excitation. Another example is the T-duality we have already discussed in the context of 2 dimensional world sheet of strings which exchanges the radius of the target space with its inverse. In this case the winding modes may be viewed as the solitons of the more elementary excitations corresponding to the momentum modes. As discussed before R 1/R exchanges momentum and winding modes. In anticipation of generalization of such dualities→ to string theory, it is thus important to study various types of solitons that may appear in string theory.
As already mentioned solitons typically carry some conserved topological charge. However in string theory every conserved charge is a gauge symmetry. In fact this is to be expected from a theory which includes quantum gravity. This is because the global charges of a black hole will have no influence on the outside and by the time the black hole disappears due to Hawking radiation, so does the global charges it may carry. So the process of formation and evaporation of black hole leads to a non-conservation of global charges. Thus for any soliton, its conserved topological charge must be a gauge charge. This may appear to be somewhat puzzling in view of the fact that solitons may be point-like as well as string-like, sheet-like etc. We can understand how to put a charge on a point-like object and gauge it. But how about the higher dimensional extended solitonic states? Note that if we view the higher dimensional solitons as made of point-like structures the soliton has no stability criterion as the charge can disintegrate into little bits.
Let us review how it works for point particles (or point solitons): We have a 1-form gauge potential Aµ and the coupling of the particle to the gauge potential involves weighing the world-line propagating in the space-time with background Aµ by
Z Zexp(i A), → Zγ where γ is the world line of the particle. The gauge principle follows from defining an action in terms of F = dA:
S = F F, (1.7) ∧∗ Z where F is the dual of the F , where we note that shifting A dǫ for arbitrary function ǫ will not∗ modify the action. →
Suppose we now consider instead of a point particle a p-dimensional extended object. In this convention p = 0 corresponds to the case of point particles and p = 1 corresponds to strings and p = 2 corresponds to membranes, etc. We shall refer to p-dimensional extended objects as p-branes (generalizing ‘membrane’). Note that the world-volume of a p-brane is a p + 1 dimensional subspace γp+1 of space-time. To generalize what we did for the case of point particles we introduce a gauge potential which is a p +1 form Ap+1 and couple it to
17 the charged p + 1 dimensional state by
Z Zexp(i A ). → p+1 Zγp+1 Just as for the case of the point particles we introduce the field strength F = dA which is now a totally antisymmetric p + 2 tensor. Moreover we define the action as in (1.7), which possesses the gauge symmetry A dǫ where ǫ is a totally antisymmetric tensor of rank p. →
1.3.1 Magnetically Charged States
The above charge defines the generalization of electrical charges for extended objects. Can we generalize the notion of magnetic charge? Suppose we have an electrically charged particle in a theory with space-time dimension D. Then we measure the electrical charge by D 2 surrounding the point by an S − sphere and integrating F (which is a D 2 form) on it, i.e. ∗ −
QE = F. D−2 ∗ ZS Similarly it is natural to define the magnetic charge. In the case of D = 4, i.e. four dimensional space-time, the magnetically charged point particle can be surrounded also by a sphere and the magnetic charge is simply given by
QM = F. 2 ZS Now let us generalize the notion of magnetic charged states for arbitrary dimensions D of space-time and arbitrary electrically charged p-branes. From the above description it is clear that the role that F plays in measuring the electric charge is played by F in measuring ∗ the magnetic charge. Note that for a p-brane F is p + 2 dimensional, and F is D p 2 dimensional. Moreover, note that a sphere surrounding a p-brane is a sphere∗ of dimension− − D p 2. Note also that for p = 0 this is the usual situation. For higher p,a p-dimensional subspace− − of the space-time is occupied by the extended object and so the position of the object is denoted by a point in the transverse (D 1) p dimensional space which is D p 2 − − surrounded by an S − − dimensional sphere.
Now for the magnetic states the role of F and F are exchanged: ∗ F F. ↔∗ To be perfectly democratic we can also define a magnetic gauge potential A˜ with the property that
dA˜ = F = dA. ∗ ∗
18 In particular noting that F is a p +2 form, we learn that F is an D p 2 form and thus A˜ is an D p 3 form. We thus deduce that the magnetic∗ state will be− an− D p 4-brane (i.e. one dimension− − lower than the degree of the magnetic gauge potential A˜−). Note− that this means that if we have an electrically charged p-brane, with a magnetically charged dual q-brane then we have
p + q = D 4. (1.8) − This is an easy sum rule to remember. Note in particular that for a 4-dimensional space-time an electric point charge (p = 0) will have a dual magnetic point charge (q = 0). Moreover this is the only space-time dimension where both the electric and magnetic dual can be point-like.
Note that a p-brane wrapped around an r-dimensional compact object will appear as a p r-brane for the non-compact space-time. This is in accord with the fact that if we decompose− the p+1 gauge potential into an (p+1 r)+r form consisting of an r-form in the − compact direction we will end up with an p+1 r form in the non-compact directions. Thus the resulting state is charged under the left-over− part of the gauge potential. A particular case of this is when r = p in which case we are wrapping a p-dimensional extended object about a p-dimensional closed cycle in the compact directions. This will leave us with point particles in the non-compact directions carrying ordinary electric charge under the reduced gauge potential which now is a 1-form.
1.3.2 String Solitons
From the above discussion it follows that the charged states will in principle exist if there are suitable gauge potentials given by p + 1-forms. Let us first consider type II strings. Recall that from the NS-NS sector we obtained an anti-symmetric 2-form Bµν . This suggests that there is a 1-dimensional extended object which couples to it by
exp(i B). Z But that is precisely how B couples to the world-sheet of the fundamental string. We thus conclude that the fundamental string carries electric charge under the antisymmetric field B. What about the magnetic dual to the fundamental string? According to (1.8) and setting d = 10 and p = 1 we learn that the dual magnetic state will be a 5-brane. Note that as in the field theories, we expect that in the perturbative regime for the fundamental fields, the solitons be very massive. This is indeed the case and the 5-brane magnetic dual can be 2 constructed as a solitonic state of type II strings with a mass per unit 5-volume going as 1/gs where gs is the string coupling. Conversely, in the strong coupling regime these 5-branes are light and at infinite coupling they become massless, i.e. tensionless 5-branes [?].
Let us also recall that type II strings also have anti-symmetric fields coming from the R-R sector. In particular for type IIA strings we have 1-form Aµ and 3-form Cµνρ gauge
19 potentials. Note that the corresponding magnetic dual gauge fields will be 7-forms and 5- forms respectively (which are not independent degrees of freedom). We can also include a 9-form potential which will have trivial dynamics in 10 dimensions. Thus it is natural to define a generalized gauge field by taking the sum over all odd forms and consider the equation = where = d A. A similar statement applies to the type IIB strings where F ∗F F A from the R-R sector we obtain all the even-degree gauge potentials (the case with degree zero can couple to a “ 1-brane” which can be identified with an instanton, i.e. a point in space-time). We are− thus led to look for p-branes with even p for type IIA and odd p for type IIB which carry charge under the corresponding RR gauge field. It turns out that surprisingly enough the states in the elementary excitations of string all are neutral under the RR fields. We are thus led to look for solitonic states which carry RR charge. Indeed there are such p-branes and they are known as D-branes , as we will now review.
1.3.3 D-Branes
In the context of field theories constructing solitons is equivalent to solving classical field equations with appropriate boundary conditions. For string theory the condition that we have a classical solution is equivalent to the statement that propagation of strings in the corresponding background would still lead to a conformal theory on the worldsheet of strings, as is the case for free theories.
In search of such stringy p-branes, we are thus led to consider how could a p-brane modify the string propagation. Consider an p + 1 dimensional plane, to be identified with the world-volume of the p-brane. Consider string propagating in this background. How could we modify the rules of closed string propagation given this p + 1 dimensional sheet? The simplest way turns out to allow closed strings to open up and end on the p + 1 dimensional world-volume. In other words we allow to have a new sector in the theory corresponding to open string with ends lying on this p + 1 dimensional subspace. This will put Dirichlet boundary conditions on 10 p 1 coordinates of string endpoints. Such p-branes are called − − D-branes, with D reminding us of Dirichlet boundary conditions. In the context of type IIA,B we also have to specify what boundary conditions are satisfied by fermions. This turns out to lead to consistent boundary conditions only for p even for type IIA string and p odd for type IIB. This is a consequence of the fact that for type IIA(B), left-right exchange is a symmetry only when accompanied by a Z2 spatial reflection with determinant -1(+1). Moreover, it turns out that they do carry the corresponding RR charge [?].
Quantizing the new sector of type II strings in the presence of D-branes is rather straight- forward. We simply consider the set of oscillators as before, but now remember that due to the Dirichlet boundary conditions on some of the components of string coordinates, the momentum of the open string lies on the p + 1 dimensional world-volume of the D-brane. It is thus straightforward to deduce that the massless excitations propagating on the D-brane will lead to the dimensional reduction of N = 1, U(1) Yang-Mills from d = 10to p+1 dimen- sions. In particular the 10 (p + 1) scalar fields living on the D-brane, signify the D-brane −
20 excitations in the 10 (p + 1) transverse dimensions. This tells us that the significance of the new open string subsector− is to quantize the D-brane excitations.
An important property of D-branes is that when N of them coincide we get a U(N) gauge theory on their world-volume. This follows because we have N 2 open string subsectors going from one D-brane to another and in the limit they are on top of each other all will have massless modes and we thus obtain the reduction of N = 1 U(N) Yang-Mills from d = 10 to d = p + 1.
Another important property of D-branes is that they are BPS states. A BPS state is a state which preserves a certain number of supersymmetries and as a consequence of which one can show that their mass (per unit volume) and charge are equal. This in particular guarantees their absolute stability against decay.
If we consider the tension of D-branes, it is proportional to 1/gs, where gs is the string coupling constant. Note that as expected at weak coupling they have a huge tension. At strong coupling their tension goes to zero and they become tensionless.
We have already discussed that in K3 compactification of string theory we end up with singular limits of manifolds when some cycles shrink to zero size. What is the physical interpretation of this singularity?
Suppose we consider for concreteness an n-dimensional sphere Sn with volume ǫ 0. → Then the string perturbation theory breaks down when ǫ << gs, where gs is the string coupling constant. If we have n-brane solitonic states such as D-branes then we can consider a particular solitonic state corresponding to wrapping the n-brane on the vanishing Sn. The mass of this state is proportional to ǫ, which implies that in the limit ǫ 0 we obtain → a massless soliton. An example of this is when we consider type IIA compactification on K3 where we develop a singularity. Then by wrapping D2-branes around vanishing S2’s of the singularity we obtain massless states, which are vectors. This in fact implies that in this limit we obtain enhanced gauge symmetry. Had we been considering type IIB on K3 near the singularity, the lightest mode would be obtained by wrapping a D3-brane around vanishing S2’s, which leaves us with a string state with tension of the order of ǫ. This kind of regime which exists in other examples of compactifications as well is called the phase with tensionless strings.
This thesis is based on [3]-[32].
Our notations for the special functions we use are summarized in Appendix A.
21 2 P-branes dynamics in general backgrounds
The probe branes approach for studying issues in the string/M-theory uses an approximation, in which one neglects the back-reaction of the branes on the background. In this sense, the probe branes are multidimensional dynamical systems, evolving in given, variable in general, external fields.
The probe branes method is widely used in the string/M-theory to investigate many different problems at a classical, semiclassical and quantum levels. The literature in this field of research can be conditionally divided into several parts. One of them is devoted to the properties of the probe branes themselves, e.g., [33]. The subject of another part of the papers is to probe the geometries of the string/M-theory backgrounds, e.g., [34]. One another part can be described as connected with the investigation of the correspondence between the string/M-theory geometries and their field theory duals, e.g., [35], [36]. Let us also mention the application of the probe branes technique in the ’Mirage cosmology’- an approach to the brane world scenario, e.g., [37].
In view of the wide implementation of the probe branes as a tool for investigation of different problems in the string/M-theory, it will be useful to have a method describing their dynamics, which is general enough to include as many cases of interest as possible, and on the other hand, to give the possibility for obtaining explicit exact solutions.
Here, we propose such an approach, which is appropriate for p-branes and Dp-branes, for arbitrary worldvolume and space-time dimensions, for tensile and tensionless branes, for different variable background fields with minimal restrictions on them, and finally, for different space-time and worldvolume gauges (embeddings).
Now, we are going to consider probe p-branes and Dp-branes dynamics in D-dimensional string/M-theory backgrounds of general type. Unified description for the tensile and tension- less branes is used. We obtain exact solutions of their equations of motion and constraints in static gauge as well as in more general gauges. Their dynamics in the whole space-time is also analyzed and exact solutions are found [6].
Before considering the problem for obtaining exact brane solutions in general string theory backgrounds, it will be useful first to choose appropriate actions, which will facilitate our task. Generally speaking, there are two types of brane actions - with and without square roots 1. The former ones are not well suited to our purposes, because the square root introduces additional nonlinearities in the equations of motion. Nevertheless, they have been used when searching for exact brane solutions in fixed backgrounds, because there are no constraints in the Lagrangian description and one has to solve only the equations of motion. The other type of actions contain additional worldvolume fields (Lagrange multipliers). Varying with respect to them, one obtains constraints, which, in general, are not independent. Starting with an action without square root, one escapes the nonlinearities connected with the square
1Examples of these two type of actions are the Nambu-Goto and Polyakov actions for the string.
22 root, but has to solve the equations of motion and the (dependent) constraints.
Independently of their type, all actions proportional to the brane tension cannot describe the tensionless branes. The latter appear in many important cases in the string theory, and it is preferable to have a unified description for tensile and tensionless branes.
Our aim now is to find brane actions, which do not contain square roots, generate only independent constraints and give a unified description for tensile and tensionless branes.
2.1 P -brane actions
The Polyakov type action for the bosonic p-brane in a D-dimensional curved space-time with metric tensor gMN (x), interacting with a background (p+1)-form gauge field bp+1 via Wess-Zumino term, can be written as T SP = dp+1ξ p √ γ γmn∂ XM ∂ XN g (X) (p 1) (2.1) p − 2 − m n MN − − Z εm1...mnp+1 Q ∂ XM1 ...∂ XMp+1 b (X) , − p (p + 1)! m1 mp+1 M1...Mp+1 ∂ = ∂/∂ξm, m, n =0, 1,...,p; M, N =0, 1o,...,D 1, m − mn where γ is the determinant of the auxiliary worldvolume metric γmn, and γ is its inverse. The position of the brane in the background space-time is given by xM = XM (ξm), and Tp, Qp are the p-brane tension and charge, respectively. If we consider the action (2.1) as a bosonic part of a supersymmetric one, we have to set Q = T . In what follows, Q = T . p ± p p p
The requirement that the variation of the action (2.1) with respect to γmn vanishes, leads to
γklγmn 2γkmγln G =(p 1)γkl, (2.2) − mn − M N where Gmn = ∂mX ∂nX gMN (X) is the metric induced on the p-brane worldvolume. Tak- ing the trace of the above equality, one obtains
mn γ Gmn = p +1,
mn mn mn i.e., γ is the inverse of Gmn: γ = G . If one inserts this back into (2.1), the result will be the corresponding Nambu-Goto type action (G det(G )): ≡ mn SNG = dp+1ξ NG (2.3) p L Z εm1...mp+1 = T dp+1ξ √ G ∂ XM1 ...∂ XMp+1 b (X) . − p − − (p + 1)! m1 mp+1 M1...Mp+1 Z This means that the two actions, (2.1) and (2.3), are classically equivalent.
23 As already discussed, the action (2.3) contains a square root, the constraints (2.2), follow- ing from (2.1), are not independent and none of these actions is appropriate for description of the tensionless branes. To find an action of the type we are looking for, we first compute the explicit expressions for the generalized momenta, following from (2.3):
P (ξ)= T √ GG0n∂ XN g ∂ XM1 ...∂ XMp b . M − p − n MN − 1 p MM1...Mp It can be checked that PM (ξ) satisfy the constraints gMN P P 2T gMN D P + T 2 GG00 +( 1)pD gMN D =0, C0 ≡ M N − p M1...p N p − 1...pM N1...p P ∂ XM =0, (i =1,...,p), Ci ≡ M i where we have introduced the notation D b ∂ XM1 ...∂ XMp . M1...p ≡ MM1...Mp 1 p
Let us now find the canonical Hamiltonian for this dynamical system. The result is:
H = dpξ P ∂ XM NG =0. canon M 0 −L Z Therefore, according to Dirac [38], we have to take as a Hamiltonian the linear combination of the first class primary constraints : 2 Cn H = dpξ = dpξ λ0 + λi . H C0 Ci Z Z The corresponding Hamiltonian equations of motion for XM are ∂ λi∂ XM =2λ0gMN (P T D ) , 0 − i N − p N1...p from where one obtains the explicit expressions for PM 1 P = g ∂ λj∂ XN + T D . (2.4) M 2λ0 MN 0 − j p M1...p With the help of (2.4), one arrives at the following configuration space action
S = dp+1ξ = dp+1ξ P ∂ XM (2.5) p Lp M 0 − H Z Z 1 2 = dp+1ξ g (X) ∂ λi∂ XM ∂ λj∂ XN 2λ0T GG00 4λ0 MN 0 − i 0 − j − p Z n h i M0 Mp + TpbM0...Mp (X)∂0X ...∂pX 1 o = dp+1ξ G 2λjG + λiλjG 2λ0T 2 GG00 4λ0 00 − 0j ij − p Z n h i M0 Mp + TpbM0...Mp (X)∂0X ...∂pX ,
2 o In the case under consideration, secondary constraints do not appear. The first class property of n follows from their Poisson bracket algebra. C
24 which does not contain square root, generates the independent (p + 1) constraints, as we will show below, and in which the limit T 0 may be taken. p → It can be proven that this action is classically equivalent to the previous two actions. It is enough to show that (2.3) and (2.5) are equivalent, because we already saw that this is true for (2.1) and (2.3).
m Varying the action Sp with respect to Lagrange multipliers λ and requiring these varia- tions to vanish, one obtains the constraints
G 2λjG + λiλjG + 2λ0T 2 GG00 =0, (2.6) 00 − 0j ij p G λiG =0. (2.7) 0j − ij By using them, the Lagrangian density from (2.5) can be rewritten in the form Lp
= T GG00 G G (G 1)ij G + T b (X)∂ XM0 ...∂ XMp . (2.8) Lp − p − 00 − 0i − j0 p M0...Mp 0 p r h i Now, applying the equalities
00 1 ij GG = det (G ) G, G = G G G− G G, (2.9) ij ≡ 00 − 0i j0 h i one finds that
00 1 ij G G G G− G =1. 00 − 0i j0 h i Inserting this in (2.8), one obtains the Nambu-Goto type Lagrangian density NG from (2.3). Thus, the classical equivalence of the actions (2.3) and (2.5) is established. L
We will work further in the gauge λm = constants, in which the equations of motion for XM , following from (2.5), are given by
2 g ∂ λi∂ ∂ λj∂ XN 2λ0T ∂ GGij∂ XN (2.10) LN 0 − i 0 − j − p i j h 2 i +Γ ∂ λi∂ XM ∂ λj∂ XN 2λ 0T GGij∂ XM ∂ XN L,MN 0 − i 0 − j − p i j b 0 h M0 Mp i =2λ TpH LM0...Mp ∂0X ...∂ pX , where G is defined in (2.9), 1 Γ = g ΓK = (∂ g + ∂ g ∂ g ) L,MN LK MN 2 M NL N ML − L MN b are the components of the symmetric connection compatible with the metric gMN and Hp+2 = dbp+1 is the field strength of the (p + 1)-form gauge potential bp+1.
25 2.2 Dp-brane actions
The Dirac-Born-Infeld type action for the bosonic part of the super- Dp-brane in a D- dimensional space-time with metric tensor gMN (x), interacting with a background (p+1)- form Ramond-Ramond gauge field cp+1 via Wess-Zumino term, can be written as
DBI p+1 a(p,D)Φ S = T d ξ e− det (G + B +2πα F ) (2.11) − Dp − mn mn ′ mn Z εm1...mp+1 n p ∂ XM1 ...∂ XMp+1 c . − (p + 1)! m1 mp+1 M1...Mp+1 o (p 1)/2 1 T =(2π)− − g− T is the D-brane tension, g = exp Φ is the string coupling expressed DP s p s h i by the dilaton vacuum expectation value Φ and 2πα′ is the inverse string tension. Gmn = M N M Nh i ∂mX ∂nX gMN (X), Bmn = ∂mX ∂nX bMN (X) and Φ(X) are the pullbacks of the back- ground metric, antisymmetric tensor and dilaton to the Dp-brane worldvolume, while Fmn(ξ) is the field strength of the worldvolume U(1) gauge field Am(ξ): Fmn = 2∂[mAn]. The pa- rameter a(p, D) depends on the brane and space-time dimensions p and D, respectively.
ADp-brane action, which generalizes the Polyakov type p-brane action, has been intro- duced in [39]. Namely, the action, classically equivalent to (2.11), is given by
AZH TDp p+1 a(p,D)Φ mn S = d ξ e− √ [ (G + B +2πα′F ) (p 1)] − 2 −K K mn mn mn − − Z εm1...mp+1 n 2 ∂ XM1 ...∂ XMp+1 c , − (p + 1)! m1 mp+1 M1...Mp+1 o mn where is the determinant of the matrix mn, is its inverse, and these matrices have symmetricK as well as antisymmetric part K K
mn = (mn) + [mn], K K K where the symmetric part (mn) is the analogue of the auxiliary metric γmn in the p-brane action (2.1). K
Again, none of these actions satisfy all our requirements. In the same way as in the p-brane case, just considered, one can prove that the action e aΦ S = dp+1ξ = dp+1ξ − G 2λiG + λiλj κiκj G (2.12) Dp LDp 4λ0 00 − 0i − ij Z 2 Z h 2λ0T G +2κi λj +4λ0T eaΦ c ∂ XM 0 ...∂ XMp , − Dp F0i − Fji Dp M0...Mp 0 p mn = Bmn +2πα′ Fmn, i F which possesses the necessary properties, is classically equivalent to the action (2.11). Here additional Lagrange multipliers κi are introduced, in order to linearize the quadratic term
k 1 ij l λ G− λ F0i − Fki F0j − Flj 26 arising in the action. For other actions of this type, see [40] - [42].
m i Varying the action SDp with respect to Lagrange multipliers λ , κ , and requiring these variations to vanish, one obtains the constraints
G 2λjG + λiλj κiκj G + 2λ0T 2 G +2κi λj =0, (2.13) 00 − 0j − ij Dp F0i − Fji G λiG = κi (2.14) 0j − ij Fij λi = κiG . (2.15) F0j − Fij ij Instead with the constraint (2.13), we will work with the simpler one
2 G 2λjG + λiλj + κiκj G + 2λ0T G =0, (2.16) 00 − 0j ij Dp which is obtained by inserting (2.15) into (2.13).
We will use the gauge (λm, κi)= constants and for simplicity, we will restrict our consid- o erations to constant dilaton Φ = Φ0 and constant electro-magnetic field Fmn = Fmn on the Dp-brane worldvolume. In this case, the equations of motion for XM , following from (2.12), are
2 g ∂ λi∂ ∂ λj∂ XN 2λ0T ∂ GGij∂ XN κiκj∂ ∂ XN LN 0 − i 0 − j − Dp i j − i j h i +Γ ∂ λi∂ XM ∂ λj∂ XN L,MN 0 − i 0 − j h 2 2λ0T GGij∂XM ∂ XN κiκj∂ XM ∂ XN (2.17) − Dp i j − i j c =2 λ0T eaΦ0 H ∂ XM0 ...∂ XMp + H iκj ∂ λi∂ XM ∂ XN , Dp LM0...Mp 0 p LMN 0 − i j c where Hp+2 = dcp+1 and H3 = db2 are the corresponding field strengths.
2.3 Exact solutions in general backgrounds
The main idea in the mostly used approach for obtaining exact solutions of the probe branes equations of motion in variable external fields is to reduce the problem to a particle-like one, and even more - to solving one dimensional dynamical problem, if possible. To achieve this, one must get rid of the dependence on the spatial worldvolume coordinates ξi. To this end, M M m since the brane actions contain the first derivatives ∂iX , the brane coordinates X (ξ ) have to depend on ξi at most linearly:
M 0 i M i M 0 M X (ξ ,ξ )=Λi ξ + Y (ξ ), Λi are arbitrary constants. (2.18)
Besides, the background fields entering the action depend implicitly on ξi through their M M dependence on X . If we choose Λi = 0 in (2.18), the connection with the p-brane setting will be lost. If we suppose that the background fields do not depend on XM , the result will be constant background, which is not interesting in the case under consideration. The
27 compromise is to accept that the external fields depend only on part of the coordinates, say a a X , and to set namely for this coordinates Λi = 0. In other words, we propose the ansatz (XM =(Xµ,Xa)): µ 0 i µ j µ 0 a 0 i a 0 X (ξ ,ξ )=Λj ξ + Y (ξ ), X (ξ ,ξ )= Y (ξ ), (2.19)
∂µgMN =0, ∂µbMN =0, ∂µbM0...Mp =0, ∂µcM0...Mp =0. (2.20) The resulting reduced Lagrangian density will depend only on ξ0 = τ if the Lagrange mul- tipliers λm, κi do not depend on ξi. Actually, this property follows from their equations of motion, from where they can be expressed through quantities depending only on the temporal worldvolume parameter τ.
Thus, we have obtained the general conditions, under which the probe branes dynamics reduces to the particle-like one. However, we will not start our considerations relaying on the generic ansatz (2.19). Instead, we will begin in the framework of the commonly used in ten space-time dimensions static gauge: Xm(ξn) = ξm. The latter is a particular case of (2.19), obtained under the following restrictions: µ i i (1):µ = i =1,...,p; (2):Λj =Λj = δj; (2.21) (3):Y µ(τ)= Y i(τ) = 0; (4):Y 0(τ)= τ Y a . ∈{ } Therefore, the static gauge is appropriate for backgrounds which may depend on X0 = Y 0(τ), but must be independent on Xi, (i = 1,...p). Such properties are not satisfactory in the lower dimensions. For instance, in four dimensional black hole backgrounds, the metric depends on X1, X2 and the static gauge ansatz does not work. That is why, our next step is to consider the probe branes dynamics in the framework of the ansatz µ i µ m µ µ i a i a X (τ,ξ )=Λmξ =Λ0 τ +Λi ξ , X (τ,ξ )= Y (τ), (2.22) µ µ which is obtained from (2.19) under the restriction Y (τ)=Λ0 τ. Here, for the sake of symmetry between the worldvolume coordinates ξ0 = τ and ξi, we have included in Xµ a µ term linear in τ. At any time, one can put Λ0 = 0 and the corresponding terms in the formulas will disappear. Further, we will refer to the ansatz (2.22) as linear gauges, as far as Xµ are linear combinations of ξm with arbitrary constant coefficients.
Finally, we will investigate the classical branes dynamics by using the general ansatz (2.19), rewritten in the form µ i µ µ i µ a i a X (τ,ξ )=Λ0 τ +Λi ξ + Y (τ), X (τ,ξ )= Y (τ). (2.23) Compared with (2.19), here we have separated the linear part of Y µ as in the previous ansatz µ (2.22). This will allow us to compare the role of the term Λ0 τ in these two cases.
2.3.1 Static gauge dynamics
Here we begin our analysis of the probe branes dynamics in the framework of the static gauge ansatz. In order not to introduce too many type of indices, we will denote with Y a,
28 Y b, etc., the coordinates, which are not fixed by the gauge. However, one have not to forget that by definition, Y a are the coordinates on which the background fields can depend. In static gauge, according to (2.21), one of this coordinates, the temporal one Y 0(τ), is fixed to coincide with τ. Therefore, in this gauge, the remaining coordinates Y a are spatial ones in space-times with signature ( , +,..., +). − Let us start with the p-branes case.
In static gauge, and under the conditions (2.20), the action (2.5) reduces to (the over-dot is used for d/dτ)
SG SG p Sp = dτLp (τ), Vp = d ξ, (2.24) Z Z V LSG(τ)= p g (Y a)Y˙aY˙ b +2 g (Y a) λig (Y a)+2λ0T b (Y a) Y˙a p 4λ0 ab 0a − ia p a1...p n 2 +g (Y a) 2λig (Y a)+ λiλjg (Y a) 2λ0T det(g (Y a))+4λ0T b (Y a) . 00 − 0i ij − p ij p 01...p 0 o To have finite action, we require the fraction Vp/λ to be finite one. For example, in the 1 0 2 string case (p = 1) and in conformal gauge (λ = 0, (2λ T1) = 1), this means that the quantity V1/α′ =2πV1T1 must be finite.
The constraints derived from the action (2.24) are:
2 g Y˙aY˙ b +2 g λig Y˙a + g 2λig + λiλjg + 2λ0T det(g )=0,(2.25) ab 0a − ia 00 − 0i ij p ij g Y˙a + g g λj =0. (2.26) ia i0 − ij
SG SG ˙ a SG The Lagrangian Lp does not depend on τ explicitly, so the energy Ep = pa Y Lp is conserved: − 0 a ˙ b i i j 0 2 0 4λ Ep gabY˙ Y g00 +2λ g0i λ λ gij + 2λ Tp det(gij) 4λ Tpb01...p = = constant. − − − Vp With the help of the constraints, we can replace this equality by the following one
0 a i 0 2λ Ep g0aY˙ + g00 λ gi0 +2λ Tpb01...p = . (2.27) − − Vp
To clarify the physical meaning of the equalities (2.26) and (2.27), we compute the mo- menta (2.4) in static gauge 2λ0P SG = g Y˙ a + g λig +2λ0T b . (2.28) M Ma M0 − Mi p M1...p SG The comparison of (2.28) with (2.27) and (2.26) shows that P0 = Ep/Vp = const and SG − Pi = const = 0. Inserting these conserved momenta into (2.25), we obtain the effective constraint g Y˙aY˙ b = S, (2.29) ab U 29 where 2 S = 2λ0T det(g )+ g 2λig + λiλjg +4λ0 (T b + E /V ) . U − p ij 00 − 0i ij p 01...p p p m SG In the gauge λ = constants, the equations of motion following from Sp (or from (2.10) after imposing the static gauge) take the form: 1 g Y¨b +Γ Y˙bY˙ c = ∂ S +2∂ S Y˙ b, (2.30) ab a,bc 2 aU [aAb] where S = g λig +2λ0T b . Aa a0 − ai p a1...p Thus, in general, the time evolution of the reduced dynamical system does not correspond to a geodesic motion. The deviation from the geodesic trajectory is due to the appearance of the effective scalar potential S and of the field strength 2∂ S of the effective U(1)-gauge U [aAb] potential S. In addition, our dynamical system is subject to the effective constraint (2.29). Aa Next, we proceed with the Dp-branes case.
In static gauge, and for background fields independent of the coordinates Xi (conditions(2.20)), the reduced Lagrangian, obtained from (2.12), is given by V e aΦ0 LSG(τ) = Dp − g Y˙aY˙b + g 2λig + λiλj κiκj g Dp 4λ0 ab 00 − 0i − ij hi 0 aΦ0 i a + 2 g0a λ gia +2λ TDpe ca1...p + κ bai Y˙ − 2 2λ0T det(g )+4λ0T eaΦ0 c − Dp ij Dp 01...p i j i o j o + 2 κ b0i λ bji +4πα′κ F λ F . − 0i − ji As we already mentioned at the end of Section 2, we restricti our considerations to the o case of constant dilaton Φ = Φ0 and constant electro-magnetic field Fmn on the Dp-brane worldvolume.
Now, the constraints (2.16), (2.14) and (2.15) take the form g Y˙aY˙ b +2 g λig Y˙a + g 2λig (2.31) ab 0a − ia 00 − 0i i j i j 0 2 + λ λ + κ κ gij + 2λ TDp det(gij)=0, a i i i o g Y˙ + g λ g κ b =2πα′κ F (2.32) ja 0j − ij − ij ij a i i o i o b Y˙ + b λ b κ g = 2πα′ F λ F . aj 0j − ij − ij − 0j − ij SG The reduced Lagrangian LDp does not depend on τ explicitly. As a consequence, the energy EDp is conserved: 2 a ˙ b i i j i j 0 0 aΦ0 gabY˙ Y g00 +2λ g0i λ λ κ κ gij + 2λ TDp det(gij) 4λ TDpe c01...p − − − 0 − 4λ EDp i j i o j o aΦ0 2κ b0i λ bji 4πα′κ F0i λ Fji = e = constant. − − − − VDp 30 By using the constraints (2.31) and (2.32), the above equality can be replaced by the following one 2λ0E ˙a i 0 aΦ0 i o Dp aΦ0 g0aY + g00 λ gi0 +2λ TDpe c01...p + κ (b0i +2πα′F0i)= e . (2.33) − − VDp
Now, we compute the momenta, obtained from the initial action (2.12), in static gauge
2λ0eaΦ0 P SG = g Y˙ a + g λjg +2λ0T eaΦ0 c + κjb . (2.34) M Ma M0 − Mj Dp M1...p Mj Comparing (2.34) with (2.33) and (2.32), one finds that
SG EDp πα′ aΦ0 j o P = + e− κ F = constant, 0 − V λ0 0j Dp SG πα′ aΦ0 j o P = e− κ F = constants. i − λ0 ij As in the p-brane case, not only the energy, but also the spatial components of the momenta SG i SG Pi , along the X coordinates, are conserved. In the Dp-brane case however, Pi are not o identically zero due the existence of a constant worldvolume magnetic field Fij. Inserting (2.32) and (2.33) into (2.31), one obtains the effective constraint
g Y˙aY˙ b = DS, (2.35) ab U where
DS = 2λ0T 2 det(g )+ g 2λig + λiλj κiκj g U − Dp ij 00 − 0i − ij 0 aΦ0 EDp i j i o j o +4λ e T c + +2κ b λ b +4πα′κ F λ F . Dp 01...p V 0i − ji 0i − ji Dp
m i SG In the gauge (λ , κ ) = constants, the equations of motion following from LDp (or from (2.17) after using the static gauge ansatz) take the form: 1 g Y¨b +Γ Y˙ bY˙c = ∂ DS +2∂ DSY˙b, (2.36) ab a,bc 2 aU [aAb] where
DS = g λig +2λ0T eaΦ0 c + κib . Aa a0 − ai Dp a1...p ai
It is obvious that the equations of motion (2.30), (2.36) and the effective constraints (2.29), (2.35) have the same form for p-branes and for Dp-branes. The difference is in the explicit expressions for the effective scalar and 1-form gauge potentials.
31 2.3.2 Branes dynamics in linear gauges
Now we will repeat our analysis of the probe branes dynamics in the framework of the more general linear gauges, given by the ansatz (2.22). The static gauge is a particular case of the linear gauges, corresponding to the following restrictions:
µ i (1):µ = i =1,...,p; (2):Λ0 =Λ0 = 0; (3):Λµ =Λi = δi; (4):Y 0(τ)= τ Y a . j j j ∈{ }
P -branes case
In linear gauges, and under the conditions (2.20), one obtains the following reduced Lagrangian, arising from the action (2.5) V LLG(τ)= p g Y˙aY˙ b +2 Λµ λiΛµ g +2λ0T B Y˙a (2.37) p 4λ0 ab 0 − i µa p a1...p + Λµ λiΛµ n Λν λjΛν gh 2λ0T 2 det(ΛµΛνg ) i 0 − i 0 − j µν − p i j µν +4 λ0T ΛµB , B b Λµ1 ... Λµp . p 0 µ1...p M1...p ≡ Mµ1...µp 1 p o The constraints derived from the Lagrangian (2.37) are:
g Y˙aY˙b +2 Λµ λiΛµ g Y˙a + Λµ λiΛµ (2.38) ab 0 − i µa 0 − i ν j ν 0 2 µ ν Λ0 λ Λj gµν + 2λ Tp det(Λ i Λj gµν)=0 , × − Λµ g Y˙a + Λν λj Λν g =0. (2.39) i µa 0 − j µν h i The Lagrangian LLG does not depend on τ explicitly, so the energy E = pLGY˙ a LLG is p p a − p conserved:
g Y˙aY˙ b Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν g + 2λ0T 2 det(ΛµΛνg ) ab − 0 − i 0 − j µν p i j µν 0 0 µ 4λ Ep 4λ TpΛ0 Bµ1...p = = constant. − Vp With the help of the constraints (2.38) and (2.39), one can replace this equality by the following one 2λ0E µ ˙a ν j ν 0 p Λ0 gµaY + Λ0 λ Λj gµν +2λ TpBµ1...p = . (2.40) − − Vp h i In linear gauges, the momenta (2.4) take the form
2λ0P LG = g Y˙ a + Λν λjΛν g +2λ0T B . (2.41) M Ma 0 − j Mν p M1...p 32 The comparison of (2.41) with (2.40) and (2.39) gives
µ LG Ep µ LG Λ0 Pµ = = constant, Λi Pµ = constants =0. − Vp
LG µ Therefore, in the linear gauges, the projections of the momenta Pµ onto Λn are conserved. Moreover, as far as the Lagrangian (2.37) does not depend on the coordinates Xµ, the LG corresponding conjugated momenta Pµ are also conserved. Inserting (2.40) and (2.39) into (2.38), we obtain the effective constraint
g Y˙aY˙ b = L, ab U where the effective scalar potential is given by
L = 2λ0T 2 det(ΛµΛνg )+ Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν g U − p i j µν 0 − i 0 − j µν E +4λ0 T ΛµB + p . p 0 µ1...p V p
m LG In the gauge λ = constants, the equations of motion following from Lp take the form: 1 g Y¨b +Γ Y˙bY˙c = ∂ L +2∂ LY˙ b, ab a,bc 2 aU [aAb] where
L = Λµ λiΛµ g +2λ0T B , Aa 0 − i aµ p a1...p is the effective 1-form gauge potential, generated by the non-diagonal components gaµ of the background metric and by the components baµ1...µp of the background (p + 1)-form gauge field.
Dp-branes case
In linear gauges, and for background fields independent of the coordinates Xµ (conditions(2.20)), the reduced Lagrangian, obtained from (2.12), is given by
V e aΦ0 LLG(τ) = Dp − g Y˙aY˙ b + Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν κiκjΛµΛν g Dp 4λ0 ab 0 − i 0 − j − i j µν + 2 Λµ λniΛµ g +2 λ0T eaΦ0 C + κiΛµb Y˙a 0 − i µa Dp a1...p i aµ 0 2 µ ν 0 aΦ0 µ 2 λ TDp det(Λ i Λj gµν)+4λ TDpe Λ0 Cµ1...p − i µ ν j ν i o j o 2 κ Λ Λ λ Λ b +4πα′κ F λ F , − i 0 − j µν 0i − ji o where the following shorthand notation has been introduced
C c Λµ1 ... Λµp . M1...p ≡ Mµ1...µp 1 p 33 Now, the constraints (2.16), (2.14), and (2.15) take the form
2 g Y˙aY˙b +2 Λµ λiΛµ g Y˙a + 2λ0T det(ΛµΛνg ) (2.42) ab 0 − i µa Dp i j µν + Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν + κiκjΛµΛν g =0, 0 − i 0 − j i j µν µ a ν j ν j ν j o Λ g Y˙ + Λ λ Λ g + κ Λ b =2πα′κ F (2.43) i µa 0 − j µν j µν ji µ h a ν j ν j ν i o j o Λ b Y˙ + Λ λ Λ b + κ Λ g =2πα′ F λ F . i µa 0 − j µν j µν 0i − ji h i LG The reduced Lagrangian LDp does not depend on τ explicitly. As a consequence, the energy EDp is conserved:
g Y˙aY˙ b Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν κiκjΛµΛν g ab − 0 − i 0 − j − i j µν 0 2 µ ν 0 aΦ0 µ + 2λ TDp det(Λi Λj gµν ) 4λ TDpe Λ0 Cµ1...p − 0 4λ EDp i µ ν j ν i o j o aΦ0 2κ Λi Λ0 λ Λj bµν 4πα′κ F0i λ Fji = e = constant. − − − − VDp By using the constraints (2.42) and (2.43), the above equality can be replaced by the following one
Λµ g Y˙a + Λν λjΛν g +2λ0T eaΦ0 C + κjΛνb (2.44) 0 µa 0 − j µν Dp µ1...p j µν h 0 i i o 2λ EDp aΦ0 +2πα′κ F0i = e . − VDp
In linear gauges, the momenta obtained from the initial action (2.12), are
2λ0eaΦ0 P LG = g Y˙a + Λν λjΛν g +2λ0T eaΦ0 C + κjΛνb . (2.45) M Ma 0 − j Mν Dp M1...p j Mν Comparing (2.45) with (2.44) and (2.43), one finds that the following equalities hold
µ LG EDp πα′ aΦ0 j o Λ P = + e− κ F = constant, 0 µ − V λ0 0j Dp µ LG πα′ aΦ0 j o Λ P = e− κ F = constants. i µ − λ0 ij They may be viewed as restrictions on the number of the arbitrary parameters, presented in the theory.
LG As in the p-brane case, the momenta Pµ are conserved quantities, due to the indepen- dence of the Lagrangian on the coordinates Xµ.
Inserting (2.43) and (2.44) into (2.42), one obtains the effective constraint
g Y˙aY˙ b = DL, ab U 34 where
DL = Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν κiκjΛµΛν g U 0 − i 0 − j − i j µν 2 E 2λ0T det(ΛµΛ νg )+4λ0eaΦ0 T ΛµC + Dp − Dp i j µν Dp 0 µ1...p V Dp i µ ν j ν i o j o +2 κ Λ Λ λ Λ b +4πα′κ F λ F . i 0 − j µν 0i − ji m i LG In the gauge (λ , κ ) = constants, the equations of motion following from LDp take the form: 1 g Y¨b +Γ Y˙bY˙c = ∂ DL +2∂ DLY˙ b, ab a,bc 2 aU [aAb] where
DL = Λµ λiΛµ g +2λ0T eaΦ0 C + κiΛµb . Aa 0 − i aµ Dp a1...p i aµ It is clear that the equations of motion and the effective constraints have the same form for p-branes and for Dp-branes in linear gauges, as well as in static gauge. The only difference is in the explicit expressions for the effective scalar and 1-form gauge potentials.
2.3.3 Branes dynamics in the whole space-time
Working in static gauge Xm(ξn) = ξm, we actually imply that the probe branes have no dynamics along the background coordinates xm. The (proper) time evolution is possible only in the transverse directions, described by the coordinates xa.
Using the linear gauges, we have the possibility to place the probe branes in general position with respect to the coordinates xµ, on which the background fields do not depend. However, the real dynamics is again in the transverse directions only.
Actually, in the framework of our approach, the probe branes can have ’full’ dynamical freedom only when the ansatz (2.23) is used, because only then all of the brane coordinates XM are allowed to vary nonlinearly with the proper time τ. Therefore, with the help of (2.23), we can probe the whole space-time.
We will use the superscript A to denote that the corresponding quantity is taken on the ansatz (2.23). It is understood that the conditions (2.20) are also fulfilled.
P -branes
35 Now, the reduced Lagrangian obtained from the action (2.5) is given by V LA(τ)= p g Y˙M Y˙N +2 Λµ λiΛµ g +2λ0T B Y˙N p 4λ0 MN 0 − i µN p N1...p 2 + Λµ λiΛµn Λν λjΛν g h 2λ0T det(ΛµΛνg ) i 0 − i 0 − j µν − p i j µν 0 µ +4 λ TpΛ0 Bµ1 ...p . o The constraints, derived from the above Lagrangian, are:
g Y˙M Y˙N +2 Λµ λiΛµ g Y˙N + Λµ λiΛµ (2.46) MN 0 − i µN 0 − i ν j ν 0 2 µ ν Λ0 λ Λj g µν + 2λ Tp det(Λi Λj gµν)=0, × − Λµ g Y˙N + Λν λ jΛν g =0. (2.47) i µN 0 − j µν h A i The corresponding momenta are (PM = PM /Vp) 2λ0P = g Y˙ N + Λν λjΛν g +2λ0T B , M MN 0 − j Mν p M1...p and part of them, Pµ, are conserved g Y˙ N + Λν λjΛν g +2λ0T B =2λ0P = constants, (2.48) µN 0 − j µν p µ1...p µ A µ because Lp does not depend on X . From (2.47) and (2.48), the compatibility conditions follow
µ Λi Pµ =0. (2.49) We will regard on (2.49) as a solution of the constraints (2.47), which restricts the number µ of the arbitrary parameters Λi and Pµ. That is why from now on, we will deal only with the constraint (2.46).
m N A In the gauge λ = constants, the equations of motion for Y , following from Lp , have the form 1 g Y¨N +Γ Y˙M Y˙N = ∂ in +2∂ in Y˙N , (2.50) LN L,MN 2 LU [LAN] where
2 in = 2λ0T det(ΛµΛνg )+ Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν g U − p i j µν 0 − i 0 − j µν 0 µ +4λ TpΛ 0 Bµ1...p, in = Λµ λiΛµ g +2λ0T B . AN 0 − i Nµ p N1...p Let us first consider this part of the equations of motion (2.50), which corresponds to L = λ. It follows from (2.20) that the connection coefficients Γλ,MN , involved in these equations, are 1 1 Γ = (∂ g + ∂ g ) , Γ = ∂ g , Γ =0. λ,ab 2 a bλ b aλ λ,µa 2 a µλ λ,µν 36 Inserting these expressions in the part of the differential equations (2.50) corresponding to a a L = λ and using thatg ˙MN = Y˙ ∂agMN , B˙ M1...p = Y˙ ∂aBM1...p, one receives d g Y˙ N + Λν λjΛν g +2λ0T B =0. dτ µN 0 − j µν p µ1...p h i These equalities express the fact that the momenta Pµ are conserved (compare with (2.48)). Therefore, we have to deal only with the other part of the equations of motion, corresponding to L = a 1 g Y¨N +Γ Y˙M Y˙N = ∂ in +2∂ in Y˙N . (2.51) aN a,MN 2 aU [aAN]
Our next task is to separate the variables Y˙µ and Y˙a in these equations and in the constraint (2.46). To this end, we will use the conservation laws (2.48) to express Y˙µ through Y˙a. The result is
µ 1 µν 0 a µ i µ Y˙ = g− 2λ (P T B ) g Y˙ (Λ λ Λ ). (2.52) ν − p ν1...p − νa − 0 − i h i We will need also the explicit expressions for the connection coefficients Γa,µb and Γa,µν , which under the conditions (2.20) reduce to 1 1 Γ = (∂ g ∂ g )= ∂ g , Γ = ∂ g . (2.53) a,µb −2 a bµ − b aµ − [a b]µ a,µν −2 a µν By using (2.52) and (2.53), after some calculations, one rewrites the equations of motion (2.51) and the constraint (2.46) in the form
h 1 h Y¨ b +Γ Y˙ bY˙ c = ∂ A +2∂ AY˙ b, (2.54) ab a,bc 2 aU [aAb] h Y˙ aY˙ b = A, (2.55) ab U where a new, effective metric appeared
1 µν h = g g (g− ) g . ab ab − aµ νb h Γa,bc is the connection compatible with this metric 1 Γh = (∂ h + ∂ h ∂ h ) . a,bc 2 b ca c ba − a bc The new, effective scalar and gauge potentials are given by
A 0 2 µ ν 0 2 1 µν = 2λ T det(Λ Λ g ) (2λ ) (P T B ) g− (P T B ) , U − p i j µν − µ − p µ1...p ν − p ν1...p A 0 1 µν =2λ g g− (P T B )+ T B . Aa aµ ν − p ν1...p p a1...p We note that Eqs. (2.54), (2.55), and therefore their solutions, do not depend on the µ i parameters Λ0 and λ in contrast to the previously considered cases. However, they have the same form as before.
37 Dp-branes
The reduced Lagrangian, obtained from (2.12), is given by
V e aΦ0 LA (τ) = Dp − g Y˙M Y˙N + Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν κiκjΛµΛν g Dp 4λ0 MN 0 − i 0 − j − i j µν + 2 Λµ λniΛµ g +2λ0T eaΦ0 C + κiΛµb Y˙N 0 − i µN Dp N1...p i Nµ 0 2 µ ν 0 aΦ0 µ 2 λ TDp det(Λ i Λj gµν)+4λ TDpe Λ0 Cµ1...p − i µ ν j ν i o j o 2 κ Λ Λ λ Λ b +4πα′κ F λ F , − i 0 − j µν 0i − ji o The constraints (2.16), (2.14), and (2.15) take the form
g Y˙M Y˙N +2 Λµ λiΛµ g Y˙N + 2λ0T 2 det(ΛµΛνg ) (2.56) MN 0 − i µN Dp i j µν + Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν + κiκjΛµΛν g =0, 0 − i 0 − j i j µν µ N ν j ν j ν j o Λ g Y˙ + Λ λ Λ g + κ Λ b =2πα′κ F (2.57) i µN 0 − j µν j µν ji µ h N ν j ν j ν i o j o Λ b Y˙ + Λ λ Λ b + κ Λ g =2πα′ F λ F . (2.58) i µN 0 − j µν j µν 0i − ji h i A µ D DA Because of the independence of LDp on X , the momenta Pµ = Pµ /VDp are conserved
2λ0eaΦ0 P D = g Y˙N + Λν λjΛν g +2λ0T eaΦ0 C + κjΛνb = constants.(2.59) µ µN 0 − j µν Dp µ1...p j µν From (2.57) and (2.59), one obtains the following compatibility conditions
µ D πα′ aΦ0 i o Λ P = e− κ F , j µ λ0 ij which we interpret as a solution of the constraints (2.57).
m i N A In the gauge (λ , κ ) = constants, the equations of motion for Y , following from LDp, take the form 1 g Y¨N +Γ Y˙M Y˙N = ∂ Din +2∂ DinY˙N , (2.60) LN L,MN 2 LU [LAN] where Din = 2λ0T 2 det(ΛµΛνg )+ Λµ λiΛµ Λν λjΛν κiκjΛµΛν g U − p i j µν 0 − i 0 − j − i j µν +4λ0T eaΦ0 ΛµC 2κiΛµ Λν λjΛν b , Dp 0 µ1...p − i 0 − j µν Din = Λν λjΛν g +2λ0T eaΦ0 C + κjΛνb . AN 0 − j Nν Dp N1...p j Nν As in the p-brane case, this part of the equations of motion (2.60), which corresponds to D L = λ, expresses the conservation of the momenta Pµ , in accordance with (2.59). The remaining equations of motion, which we have to deal with, are 1 g Y¨N +Γ Y˙M Y˙N = ∂ Din +2∂ DinY˙N . (2.61) aN a,MN 2 aU [aAN] 38 To exclude the dependence on Y˙ µ in the Eqs. (2.61) and in the constraints (2.56), (2.58), we use the conservation laws (2.59) to express Y˙µ through Y˙a:
µν µ 1 0 aΦ0 D a j ρ µ i µ Y˙ = g− 2λ e (P T C ) g Y˙ κ Λ b (Λ λ Λ ). (2.62) ν − Dp ν1...p − νa − j νρ − 0 − i h i By using (2.62) and (2.53), one can rewrite the equations of motion (2.61) and the con- straint (2.56) as 1 h Y¨ b +Γh Y˙ bY˙ c = ∂ DA +2∂ DAY˙ b, (2.63) ab a,bc 2 aU [aAb] h Y˙ aY˙ b = DA. (2.64) ab U Now, the effective scalar and 1-form gauge potentials are given by
2 DA = 2λ0T det(ΛµΛνg ) κiκjΛµΛνg U − p i j µν − i j µν 0 aΦ0 D i λ 1 µν 2λ e (P T C ) κ Λ b g− − µ − Dp µ1...p − i µλ 2λ0eaΦ0 (P D T C ) κjΛρb , × ν − Dp ν1...p − j νρ DA 1 µν 0 aΦ0 D j ρ = g g− 2λ e (P T C ) κ Λ b Aa aµ ν − Dp ν1...p − j νρ 0 aΦ0 i µ + 2λ T Dpe C a1...p + κ Λi baµ. Eqs. (2.63), (2.64), have the same form as in static and linear gauges, but now they do µ i not depend on the parameters Λ0 and λ . Another difference is the appearance of a new, h effective background metric hab and the corresponding connection Γa,bc. In the D-brane case, we have another set of constraints (2.58), generated by the Lagrange multipliers κi. With the help of (2.62), they acquire the form
1 ρµ a 1 µρ 0 aΦ0 D j λ b g g− b Y˙ + b g− 2λ e (P T C ) κ Λ b aν − aρ µν µν ρ − Dp ρ1...p − j ρλ n i µ ν o i o κ Λ g Λ = 2πα′ F λ F . − i µν j − 0j − ij o 2.3.4 Explicit solutions of the equations of motion
All cases considered so far, have one common feature. The dynamics of the corresponding reduced particle-like system is described by effective equations of motion and one effective constraint, which have the same form, independently of the ansatz used to reduce the p- branes or Dp-branes dynamics. Our aim here is to find explicit exact solutions to them. 3 To be able to describe all cases simultaneously, let us first introduce some general notations.
3The additional restrictions on the solutions, depending on the ansatz and on the type of the branes, will be discussed in the next section.
39 We will search for solutions of the following system of nonlinear differential equations
b b c 1 b Y¨ +ΓG Y˙ Y˙ = ∂ +2∂ Y˙ , (2.65) Gab a,bc 2 aU [aAb] Y˙ aY˙ b = , (2.66) Gab U where , ΓG , , and can be as follows Gab a,bc U Aa h =(g , h ) , ΓG = Γ , Γ , Gab ab ab a,bc a,bc a,bc = S, DS, L, DL, A, DA , U U U U U U U = S, DS, L, DL, A, DA , Aa Aa Aa Aa Aa Aa Aa depending on the ansatz and on the type of the brane (p-brane or Dp-brane).
Let us start with the simplest case, when the background fields depend on only one coordinate Xa = Y a(τ). 4 In this case the Eqs. (2.65), (2.66) simplify to (d d/dY a) a ≡ d 1 2 1 Y˙ a d Y˙ a = d , (2.67) dτ Gaa − 2 aGaa 2 aU 2 Y˙ a = , (2.68) Gaa U where we have used that
b b c d b 1 b c Y¨ +ΓG Y˙ Y˙ = Y˙ ∂ Y˙ Y˙ . Gab a,bc dτ Gab − 2 aGbc a After multiplying with 2 aaY˙ and after using the constraint (2.68), the Eq. (2.67) reduces to G d 2 Y˙ a =0. (2.69) dτ Gaa − GaaU The solution of (2.69), compatible with (2.68), is just the constraint (2.68). In other words, (2.68) is first integral of the equation of motion for the coordinate Y a. By integrating (2.68), one obtains the following exact probe branes solution
Xa 1/2 a − τ (X )= τ0 U dx, (2.70) ± Xa aa Z 0 G a where τ0 and X0 are arbitrary constants. When one works in the framework of the general ansatz (2.23), one has to also write down the solution for the remaining coordinates Xµ. It can be obtained as follows. One represents Y˙ µ as dY µ Y˙ µ = Y˙ a, dY a 4An example of such background is the generalized Kasner type metric, arising in the superstring cos- mology [43] (see also [44], [45]).
40 and use this and (2.68) in (2.52) for the p-brane, and in (2.62) for the Dp-brane. The result is a system of ordinary differential equations of first order with separated variables, which integration is straightforward. Replacing the obtained solution for Y µ(Xa) in the ansatz (2.23), one finally arrives at
µ a i µ µ i a i X (X ,ξ )= X0 +Λi λ τ(X )+ ξ (2.71) Xa 1/2 A − 1 µν 0 g− gνa 2λ (Pν TpBν1...p) U dx − Xa ∓ − haa Z 0 " # for the p-brane case, and at
µ a i µ µ i a i X (X ,ξ )= X0 +Λi λ τ(X )+ ξ (2.72) Xa 1/2 DA − 1 µν 0 aΦ0 D j ρ g− gνa 2λ e (Pν TDpCν1...p) κ Λj bνρ U dx − Xa ∓ − − haa Z 0 ( ) µ for the Dp-brane case correspondingly. In the above two exact branes solutions, X0 are arbitrary constants, and τ(Xa) is given in (2.70). We note that the comparison of the µ a i µ µ solutions X (X ,ξ ) with the initial ansatz (2.23) for X shows, that the dependence on Λ0 has disappeared. We will comment on this later on.
Let us turn to the more complicated case, when the background fields depend on more than one coordinate Xa = Y a(τ). We would like to apply the same procedure for solving the system of differential equations (2.65), (2.66), as in the simplest case just considered. To be able to do this, we need to suppose that the metric ab is a diagonal one. Then one can rewrite the effective equations of motion (2.65) and theG effective constraint (2.66) in the form d 2 Y˙ a Y˙ a∂ ( ) (2.73) dτ Gaa − a GaaU 2 a aa b b +Y˙ ∂a G bbY˙ 4∂[a b] aaY˙ =0, bb G − A G b=a X6 G 2 2 Y˙ a + Y˙ b = . (2.74) Gaa Gbb U b=a X6
To find solutions of the above equations without choosing particular background, we fix all coordinates Xa except one. Then the exact probe brane solution of the equations of motion is given again by the same expression (2.70) for τ (Xa). In the case when one is using the general ansatz (2.23), the solutions (2.71) and (2.72) still also hold.
To find solutions depending on more than one coordinate, we have to impose further conditions on the background fields. Let us show, how a number of sufficient conditions, which allow us to reduce the order of the equations of motion by one, can be obtained.
41 First of all, we split the index a in such a way that Y r is one of the coordinates Y a, and Y α are the others. Then we assume that the effective 1-form gauge field a can be represented in the form A =( , )=( , ∂ f), (2.75) Aa Ar Aα Ar α r i.e., it is oriented along the coordinate Y , and the remaining components α are pure gauges. Now, the Eq.(2.73) read A d 2 Y˙ α Y˙ α∂ ( ) (2.76) dτ Gαα − α GααU 2 +Y˙ α ∂ Gαα Y˙ r 2 ∂ ( ∂ f) Y˙ r α Grr − Gαα α Ar − r Grr 2 α αα β +Y˙ ∂α G ββY˙ =0, ββ G β=α X6 G d 2 Y˙ r Y˙ r∂ ( ) (2.77) dτ Grr − r GrrU 2 +Y˙ r ∂ Grr Y˙ α +2 ∂ ( ∂ f) Y˙ α =0. r Gαα Grr α Ar − r α αα X G After imposing the conditions
2 αα r ∂α G =0, ∂α rrY˙ =0, (2.78) aa G G the Eq.(2.76) reduce to d 2 Y˙ α Y˙ α∂ +2( ∂ f) Y˙ r =0, dτ Gαα − α Gαα U Ar − r n h io which are solved by 2 α a=α r β Y˙ = D Y 6 + +2( ∂ f) Y˙ = E Y 0, (2.79) Gαα α Gαα U Ar − r α ≥ h i β where Dα, Eα are arbitrary functions of their arguments. (Eα = Eα Y follows from (2.80)). To integrate the Eq. (2.77), we impose the condition
2 ∂ Y˙ α =0. (2.80) r Gαα After using the second of the conditions (2.78), the condition (2.80), and the already obtained solution (2.79), the Eq. (2.77) can be recast in the form d 2 Y˙ r +2 ( ∂ f) Y˙ r dτ Grr Grr Ar − r a=α D Y 6 = Y˙ r∂ (1 n ) +2( ∂ f) Y˙ r α , r Grr − α U Ar − r − ( " α αα #) X G 42 α where nα is the number of the coordinates Y . The solution of this equation, compatible with (2.79) and with the effective constraint (2.74), is
a=α 2 Dα Y 6 Y˙ r = (1 n ) 2n ( ∂ f) Y˙ r = E (Y r) 0,(2.81) Grr Grr − α U − α Ar − r − r ≥ " α αα # X G where Er is again an arbitrary function.
Thus, we succeeded to separate the variables Y˙ a and to obtain the first integrals (2.79), (2.81) for the equations of motion (2.73), when the conditions (2.75), (2.78), (2.80) on the background are fulfilled. 5 Further progress is possible, when working with particular background configurations, having additional symmetries (see for instance, [37]).
To summarize, we addressed here the problem of obtaining explicit exact solutions for probe branes moving in general string theory backgrounds. We concentrated our attention to the common properties of the p-branes and Dp-branes dynamics and tried to formulate an approach, which is effective for different embeddings, for arbitrary worldvolume and space- time dimensions, for different variable background fields, for tensile and tensionless branes. To achieve this, we first performed an analysis with the aim to choose brane actions, which are most appropriate for our purposes.
Next, we formulated the frameworks in which to search for exact probe branes solutions. The guiding idea is the reduction of the brane dynamics to a particle-like one. In view of the existing practice, we first consider the case of static gauge embedding, which is the mostly used one in higher dimensions. Then we turn to the more general case of linear embeddings, which are appropriate for lower dimensions too. After that, we consider the branes dynamics by using a more general ansatz, allowing for its reduction to particle-like one. The obtained results reveal one common property in all the cases considered. The effective equations of motion and one of the constraints, the effective constraint, have the same form independently of the ansatz used to reduce the p-branes or Dp-branes dynamics. In general, the effective equations of motion do not coincide with the geodesic ones. The deviation from the geodesic motion is due to the appearance of effective scalar and 1-form gauge potentials. The same scalar potential arises in the effective constraint.
Also, we considered the problem of obtaining explicit exact solutions of the effective equa- tions of motion and the effective constraint, without using the explicit structure of the effective potentials.
In the case when the background fields depend on only one coordinate xa = Xa(τ), we showed that these equations can always be integrated and give the probe brane solution in the form τ = τ(Xa), where τ is the worldvolume temporal parameter. We also give the explicit solutions for the brane coordinates Xµ in the form Xµ = Xµ(Xa,ξi). They are nontrivial when one uses the more general ansatz (2.23). Let us remind that xµ are the coordinates, on which the background fields do not depend. 5An example, when the obtained sufficient conditions are satisfied, is given by the evolution of a tensionless brane in Kerr space-time. Moreover, in this case, one is able to find the orbit r = r(θ) [46].
43 In the case when the background fields depend on more than one coordinate, and we fix all brane coordinates Xa except one, the exact solutions are given by the same expressions as in the case considered before, if the metric is a diagonal one. In this way, we have realized Gab the possibility to obtain probe brane solutions as functions of every single one coordinate, on which the background depends. In the case when none of the brane coordinates is kept fixed, we were able to find sufficient conditions, which ensure the separation of the variables a a X˙ = Y˙ (τ). As a result, we have found the manifest expressions for na first integrals of the a equations of motion, where na is the number of the brane coordinates Y .
In obtaining the solutions described above, it was not taken into account that some restrictions on them can arise, depending on the ansatz used and on the type of the branes considered. As far as we are interested here in the common properties of the probe branes dynamics, we will not make an exhaustive investigation of all possible peculiarities, which can arise in different particular cases. Nevertheless, we will point out some specific properties, characterizing the dynamics of the different type of branes for different embeddings.
We note that in static gauge, the brane coordinates Xa figuring in our solutions, are spatial ones. This is so, because in this gauge the background temporal coordinate, on which the background fields can depend, is identified with the worldvolume time τ.
The solutions Xµ(Xa,ξi), given by (2.71) for the p-brane and by (2.72) for the Dp-brane, i µ i i depend on the worldvolume parameters (τ,ξ ) through the specific combination Λi (λ τ + ξ ). It is interesting to understand if its origin has some physical meaning. To this end, let us consider the p-branes equations of motion (2.10) and constraints (2.6), (2.7) in the tensionless limit T 0, when they take the form [3, 4] p → g ∂ λi∂ ∂ λj∂ XN +Γ ∂ λi∂ XM ∂ λj∂ XN =0, LN 0 − i 0 − j L,MN 0 − i 0 − j g ∂ λi∂ XM ∂ λj∂ XN =0, (2.82) MN 0 − i 0 − j g ∂ λi∂ XM ∂ XN =0. MN 0 − i j It is easy to check that in D-dimensional space-time, any D arbitrary functions of the type F M = F M (λiτ + ξi) solve this system of partial differential equations. Hence, the linear part of the tensile p-brane and Dp-brane solutions (2.71) and (2.72), is a background independent solution of the tensionless p-brane equations of motion and constraints.
Let us also point out here that by construction, the actions used in our considerations allow for taking the tensionless limit Tp 0 (TDp 0). Moreover, from the explicit form of the obtained exact probe branes solutions→ it is→ clear that the opposite limit T p → ∞ (T ) can be also taken. Dp →∞ We have obtained solutions of the probe branes equations of motion and one of the constrains, which have the same form for all of the considered cases. Now, let us see how we can satisfy the other constraints present in the theory. These are p constraints, obtained by varying the corresponding actions with respect to the Lagrange multipliers λi. For the Dp-brane, we have p additional constraints, obtained by varying the action with respect
44 to the Lagrange multipliers κi. Actually, the constraints generated by the λi-multipliers are satisfied. Due to the conservation of the corresponding momenta, they just restrict the number of the independent parameters present in the solutions. The only exception is the p- SG brane in static gauge case, where the momenta Pi must be zero. Let us give an example how the problem can be resolved in a particular situation, which is nevertheless general enough. Let the background metric along the probe p-brane be a diagonal one. Then from (2.26) SG and (2.28) it follows that the momenta Pi will be identically zero, if we work in the gauge λi = 0. In the general case, and this is also valid for the κi- generated constraints, we have to insert the obtained solution of the equations of motion into the unresolved constraints. The result will be a number of algebraic relations between the background fields. If they are not satisfied (on the solution) at least for some particular values of the free parameters in the solution, it would be fair to say that our approach does not work properly in this case, and some modification is needed.
Finally, let us say a few words about some possible generalizations of the obtained results.
As is known, the branes charges are restricted up to a sign to be equal to the branes tensions from the condition for space-time supersymmetry of the corresponding actions. In our computations, however, the coefficients in front of the background antisymmetric fields do not play any special role. That is why, to account for nonsupersymmetric probe branes, it is enough to make the replacements
T b Q b , T c Q c . p p+1 → p p+1 Dp p+1 → Dp p+1
In our Dp-brane action (2.12), we have included only the leading Wess-Zumino term of the possible Dp-brane couplings. It is easy to see that our results can be generalized to include other interaction terms just by the replacement
cp+1 cp+1 + cp 1 b2 + .... → − ∧ This is a consequence of the fact that we do not used the explicit form of the background
field cM0...Mp . We have used only its antisymmetry and its independence on part of the background coordinates.
2.4 Particular cases
2.4.1 Tensionless string in Demianski-Newman background
The metric for Demianski-Newman space-time is of the following type:
2 0 2 0 1 0 3 1 3 2 2 3 2 ds = g00(dx ) +2g01dx dx +2g03dx dx +2g13dx dx + g22(dx ) + g33(dx ) .
45 It can be put in a form in which the manifest expressions for gµν are given by the equalities (all other components are zero):
a2 sin2 θ g = exp(+2U) , g = 1 exp( 2U), 00 − 11 − 2 − R ! 2 2 2 g22 = a sin θ exp( 2U), (2.83) R − − 2 2(Mr + l)a sin2 θ +2 2l cos θ g = 2 sin2 θ exp( 2U) R exp(+2U), 33 R − − 2 a2 sin2 θ " R − # 2(Mr + l)a sin2 θ +2 2l cos θ g = R exp(+2U), 03 − 2 a2 sin2 θ R − where
1 ± Mr + l (a cos θ + l) 2 2 2 2 exp( 2U)= 1 2 2 , = r 2Mr + a l , ± " − r2 +(a cos θ + l) # R − −
M is a mass parameter, a is an angular momentum per unit mass and l is the NUT parameter. The metric (2.83) is a stationary axisymmetric metric. It belongs to the vacuum solutions of the Einstein field equations, which are of type D under Petrov’s classification. The Kerr and NUT space-times are particular cases of the considered metric and can be obtained by putting l = 0 or a = 0 in (2.83). The case l = 0, a = 0 obviously corresponds to the Schwarzschild solution.
Solving the equations of motion and constraints (2.82) for the string case (p = 1) in Demianski-Newman background, one can find the following solution [3]
r 0 3 (C + C 0) 0 3 1/2 t t = dr exp(+2U ) C exp( 2U ) W − , 0 2 A2 A 0 0 − ± " sin θ0 − − # rZ0 R r 0 3 C + C 0 1/2 ϕ ϕ = dr exp(+2U )W − , (2.84) 0 2 2 A 0 − ∓ sin θ0 rZ0 R r 1/2 C (τ τ ) = drW − , 1 − 0 ± rZ0 0 3 2 1 2 (C + C 0) 2 2 2 − 3 2 W = a sin θ0 C 2 A exp(+4U0) , R − " R − sin θ0 # 2(Mr + l)a sin2 θ +2 2l cos θ = 0 0 , U = U , 0 2 2 2 R 0 θ=θ0 A a sin θ0 | t ,r ,ϕ , τ constants.R − 0 0 0 0 −
46 2.4.2 Tensionless p-branes in a solitonic background
The solitonic (d˜ 1)-brane background is given by − 2 M N µ ν 2 2 2 ds = gMN dx dx = exp (2A) ηµν dx dx + exp (2B) dr + r dΩD d˜ 1 , − − ˜ d + d d+d˜ d+d˜ kd˜ − kd˜ exp (2A)= 1+ , exp (2B)= 1+ , k ˜ = const, rd rd d d + d˜= D 2, η = diag( , +, ..., +), µ,ν =0, 1, ..., d˜ 1. − µν − − D d˜ 1 The (D d˜ 1)-dimensional sphere S − − is supposed to be parameterized so that − − D k 1 − − g = exp (2B) r2 sin2 θ ,D k 1=1, 2, ..., D d˜ 2, kk n − − − − n=1 2 Y gD 1,D 1 = exp (2B) r . − −
In this background the following tensionless p-brane solutions of the equations of motion and constraints (2.82) do exist [4]
1/2 r D 1 2 − k ˜ C − k ˜ ˜ yµ = yµ Eµ du 1+ d + E d , r yd, 0 ± ud E − u2 ud ≡ Zr0 ! µ 0 1 d˜ 1 d˜ 1 1 0 E = E , E ,...,E − = CC − ,C ,...,CC ;
1/2 r D 1 2 − D 1 du C − kd˜ D 1 ϕ = ϕ C − + E , ϕ y − ; (2.85) 0 ± u2 E − u2 ud ≡ Zr0 ! d˜ 2 1/2 r ˜ D 1 − k ˜ d+d C − k ˜ τ = τ du 1+ d + E d ; 0 ± ud E − u2 ud Zr0 ! d˜ 2 2 − µ ν d˜ 1 0 2 α 2 E E η = CC − CC (C ) 0. E ≡ − µν − − ≥ α=1 X
Let us restrict ourselves to the particular case of ten dimensional solitonic 5-brane back- ground. The corresponding values of the parameters D, d˜ and d are D = 10, d˜ = 6, d = 2. Taking this into account and performing the integration in (2.85), one obtains the following explicit exact solution of the equations of motion and constraints for a tensionless p-brane
47 living in such curved space-time ( = k (C9)2 / > 0) C 6 − E
µ 1/2 1/2 k E C + 1+ C2 yµ = yµ 6 ln r r 0 1/2 1/2 ∓ ( ) 1/2 C + 1+ C2 CE r0 r 0 Eµ + r2 1/2 + r2 1/2 , ± 1/2 C − C 0 E h i 1/2 9 1/2 C C + 1+ C2 ϕ = ϕ ln r r , 0 1/2 1/2 ∓ ( ) 1/2 C + 1+ C2 CE r0 r 0 k3 1/4 1/2 r2 r2 τ = τ 6 r3/2 1+ C F 3/4, 1, 3/4;3/2, 3/4;1+ , (2.86) 0 ∓ 4 2 r2 2 − −k C E C 6 k3r2 1/4 r2 r2 2 6 0 F 1/4, 1/2, 3/4;5/4; 0 , 0 ∓ 2 2 1 − − −k C E C 6 Γ(1/4)k π k 6 F 1/4, 1/2; 1/4;1 6 ± 4Γ(3/4) 2 1 − − rCE C 1/4 1 Γ(1/4)k π k − k − 6 1 6 F 1/4, 3/2;3/4; 1 6 . ∓ 2Γ(3/4) − 2 1 − rCE C C !
2.4.3 String and D-string solutions in other backgrounds
Let us first give an explicit example of exact solution for a string moving in four dimensional cosmological Kasner type background. Namely, the line element is (x0 t) ≡ 3 ds2 = g dxM dxN = (dt)2 + t2qµ (dxµ)2, (2.87) MN − µ=1 X 3 3 2 qµ =1, qµ =1. (2.88) µ=1 µ=1 X X For definiteness, we choose qµ = (2/3, 2/3, 1/3). Then, one can obtain the following exact solution of the equations of motion and constraints− in the considered particular metric [5]
µ µ µ 1 µ 0 X (t, σ)= X0 + C λ τ + σ Aµ±I (t), τ(t)= τ0 I (t), (2.89) ± t ± ± M 2q 1/2 I (t) duu− M V ± − , q = (0, 2/3, 2/3, 1/3), ≡ M − Zt0 and V ± is the corresponding effective scalar potential.
Although we have chosen relatively simple background metric, the expressions for IM are too complicated. Because of that, we shall write down here only the formulas for the two
48 limiting cases T = 0 and T for t > t0 0. The former corresponds to considering tensionless strings (high energy→ string ∞ limit). ≥
When T = 0, IM reads
2/3 2qM M 1 t − 1 I = 1/2 2F1 1/2, qM 1/3; qM +2/3; 2 2 2 2 "(qM 1/3) A − −A t 2 A1± + A2± − 5/3 h2 qM i t0 − 2 2 Γ(qM 1/3)Γ(5/6 qM ) + 2F1 1/2, 5/6 qM ;11/6 qM ; A t0 + − − , q 5/6 − − − √πA5/3 2qM M − − # where 2 A± A2 3 . ≡ 2 2 A1± + A2± When T , IM are given by the equalities →∞ 1 6 1 I0 = t1/3 F 1/2, 1/6;5/6; ±4λ0TC3 C 2 1 − −C2t2 ± "
3 4/3 2 2 Γ( 1/6)Γ(2/3) t0 2F1 1/2, 2/3;5/3; C t0 + − 4/3 , − 2 − √πC # 2 2 1/2 2 2 1/2 1,2 1 (1 + C t ) 1 (1 + C t0) 1 I = 0 3 ln 1/2 − ln 1/2 − , ±4λ TC " (1 + C2t2) +1 − (1 + C2t2) +1 # ± 0 1 1/2 1/2 I3 = 1+ C2t2 1+ C2t 2 , ±2λ0TC3 C2 − 0 ± h i where 1 2 2 2 2 C + C C ± ± . ≡ (C3 )2 ±
2/3 2/3 1/3 Our choice of the scale factors t , t , t− was dictated only by the simplicity of the solution. However, this is a very special case of a Kasner type metric. Actually, this is one of the two solutions of the constraints (2.88) (up to renaming of the coordinates xµ) for which two of the exponents qµ are equal. The other such solution is qµ = (0, 0, 1) and it corresponds to flat space-time. Now, we will write down the exact tensionless string solution (T = 0) for a gravity background with arbitrary, but different qµ. It is given by (2.89), where 2k √π ∞ A±/A± t IM (t)= constant 3 2 P − A± k!Γ (1/2 k) × 2 k=0 − P X 2 ± 2(q2 q3)k +3q2 2q1 +1 2qM A1 2(q2 q1) 2F1 1/2+ k, P ; − − − ; t − , 2(q q ) 2(q q ) − A± 2 − 1 2 − 1 2 ! 2(q q )k + q +1 2q , q = (0, q , q , q ), for q > q , P ≡ 2 − 3 2 − M M 1 2 3 1 2 49 and
2k √π ∞ A±/A± t IM (t)= constant + 3 1 Q A± k!Γ (1/2 k) × 1 k=0 − Q X 2 ± 2(q1 q3)k +3q1 2q2 +1 2qM A2 2(q1 q2) 2F1 1/2+ k, Q ; − − − ; t − , 2(q q ) 2(q q ) − A± 1 − 2 1 − 2 1 ! 2(q q )k + q +1 2q , for q < q . Q ≡ 1 − 3 1 − M 1 2 Because there are no restrictions on q , except q = q = q , the above probe string solution µ 1 6 2 6 3 is also valid in generalized Kasner type backgrounds arising in superstring cosmology. In string frame, the effective Kasner constraints for the four dimensional dilaton-moduli-vacuum solution are
3 3 q =1+ , q2 =1 2, µ K µ − B µ=1 µ=1 X X 1 3(1 2) 1+ 3 (1 2), 2 [0, 1] . − − − B ≤K≤− − B B ∈ In Einstein frame, the metricp has the same form, butp in new, rescaled coordinates and with new powersq ˜µ of the scale factors. The generalized Kasner constraints are also modified as follows
3 3 1 1 q˜ =1, q˜2 =1 ˜2 ˜2, ˜2 + ˜2 [0, 1] . µ µ − B − 2K B 2K ∈ µ=1 µ=1 X X Actually, the obtained tensionless string solution is also relevant to considerations within a pre-big bang context, because there exist a class of models for pre-big bang cosmology, which is a particular case of the given generalized Kasner backgrounds.
Our next example is for a string moving in the following ten dimensional supergravity background given in Einstein frame
2 E M N m n 2 2 2 ds = gMN dx dx = exp(2A)ηmndx dx + exp(2B) dr + r dΩ7 , k exp [ 2(φ φ )]=1+ , φ ,k = constants, − − 0 r6 0 3 1 3 A = (φ φ ), B = (φ φ ), B = exp 2 φ φ . 4 − 0 −4 − 0 01 − − − 4 0
All other components of BMN as well as all components of the gravitino ψM and dilatino λ are zero. If we parameterize the sphere S7 so that
j 1 − E 2 2 10 l E 2 g10 j,10 j = exp(2B)r sin x − , j =2, 3, ..., 7, g99 = exp(2B)r , − − Yl=1
50 E 0 1 3 α α the metric gMN does not depend on x , x and x , i.e. µ =0, 1, 3. Then we set [5] y = y0 = constants for α = 4, ..., 9 and obtain a solution of the equations of motion and constraints as a function of the radial coordinate r:
µ µ µ 1 µ X (r, σ)= X0 + C λ τ + σ I (r), τ(r)= τ0 I(r), ± r ± ± m mn 0 k k k 1/2 I (r)= η du Bn± +2λ TεnkC exp ( φ0/2) 1+ 1+ W − , ± − u6 u6 ± Zr0 r 6 r 3 B3± du 1/2 10 l 1/2 I (r)= W − , s sin y0 − , I(r) = exp (φ0/2) duW − , 2 2 ± ± s r0 u ≡ r0 Z Yl=1 Z where
2 0 1 k W = B0± +2λ TC exp ( φ0/2) 1+ ± ± − u6 ( 2 2 0 0 k k B3± 1 B1± 2λ TC exp ( φ0/2) 1+ 1+ − − ± − u6 u6 − s u2 ) 1 0 2 0 2 1 2 k − 3 2 2 + 2λ T exp (φ0) C C 1+ C s u . ± − ± u6 − ± ( ) h i This is the solution also in the string frame, because we have one and the same metric in the action expressed in two different ways.
The above solution extremely simplifies in the tensionless limit T 0. Let us give the → manifest expressions for this case. For r0 m mn 0 6 3 B3± 2 0 lim I (r)= η Bm± J + kJ , lim I (r)= J , lim I(r)= J , T 0 T 0 2 T 0 → → s → where β π J (r)= 2 2 − B± B± s 0 − 1 6n+β 5 6 n ∞ − 6n+β−1 , n 1 1 Γ 4 (k/r ) ( 4 ) δ 4 − Pn − − − 1 2 r × rβ 1 1 2n 2n+β 5 − k ( − n=0 (6n + β 1)Γ −2 Γ 4 − X − − 2n+β+3 2 n − ∞ 2n+β 1 , n 1 1 Γ 4 ( δ/r0) ( 4 ) k 4 − − − − β 1 1 2n 6n+β+3 Pn 1 2 r0 , −r − (2n + β 1)Γ − Γ − δ 0 n=0 − 2 4 ) X 2 B3±/s δ 2 2 , ≡ B± B± 0 − 1 (α,β) and Pn (z) are the Jacobi polynomials. To obtain the solution for r0 > r, one has to β exchange r and r0 in the expression for J . 51 Now let us turn to the case of a D-string living in five dimensional anti de Sitter space- time. The corresponding metric may be written as 1 r2 r2 − g = 1+ , g = 1+ , 00 − R2 11 R2 2 2 3 2 4 2 2 4 2 g22 = r sin x sin x , g33 = r sin x , g44 = r , where K = 1/R2 is the constant curvature. − The exact string solution as a function of r found in [5] is r 2 1 u − 1/2 0 0 0 1 0 − X (r, σ)= X0 + C λ τ + σ B0± du 1+ g00VD± , ± ∓ R2 r0 Z r B± du 1/2 2 2 2 1 2 0 − X (r, σ)= X0 + C λ τ + σ 2 2 g00VD± , ± ± c r0 u r Z 0 1/2 3 4 τ(r)= τ du g V ± − , c sin x sin x , 0 ± 00 D ≡ 0 0 Zr0 0 2 2 C 2 2 2 0 2 F01(r)= gsTDλ ± cC r + C , − R − ± ± (" # ) where 2 2 0 2 B2± 0 2 B2± 1 g00VD± = B0± + A C − cR ± ± − c u2 " # 0 2 2 0 2 2 C 2 2 2 A C 2 2 4 +A 2 ± cC u + ± ± cC u . ± R − ± R R − ± " # " # This solution describes a D-string evolving in the subspace (x0, x1, x2). Alternatively, we could fix the coordinates r = r , x4 = x4 ψ and obtain a solution as 0 0 ≡ 0 a function of the coordinate x3 θ. In this case, the result is the following [5] ≡ θ B±̺ 1/2 0 0 0 1 0 0 − X (θ, σ)= X0 + C λ τ + σ 0 du VD± , ± ∓ g − 00 Zθ0 θ B± du 1/2 2 2 2 1 2 0 − X (θ, σ)= X0 + C λ τ + σ 2 VD± , ± ± ̺ sin u − Zθ0 θ 0 1/2 τ(θ)= τ ̺ du V ± − , ̺ r sin ψ , 0 ± − D ≡ 0 0 Zθ0 2 0 2 0 2 2 2 F01(θ)= gsTDλ C g00 + ̺C sin θ , ± ± h i where 2 0 2 0 0 2 0 2 2 2 B2±/̺ VD± = B0± g11 A C g00 A C ̺ sin u 2 . − − ± ± − ± ± − sin u h i 52 This is a solution for D-string placed in the subspace described by the coordinates (x0, x2, x3). Finally, we will give an example of exact solution for a D-string moving in a non-diagonal metric. To this end, let us consider the ten dimensional black hole solution of [47]. In string frame metric, it can be written as [48] 1/2 1/2 r2 sinh2 α − r2 sinh2 γ − ds2 = 1+ 0 1+ 0 r2 r2 2 2 9 2 r0 9 2 dt +(dx ) + 2 cosh χdt + sinh χdx ×(− r r2 sinh2 α + 1+ 0 (dx5)2 +(dx6)2 +(dx7)2 +(dx8)2 r2 ) 2 1/2 2 1/2 1 r2 sinh α r2 sinh γ r2 − + 1+ 0 1+ 0 1 0 dr2 + r2dΩ2 , r2 r2 − r2 3 " # 1 r2 sinh2 α − r2 sinh2 γ exp [ 2(φ φ )] = 1+ 0 1+ 0 . (2.90) − − ∞ r2 r2 The equalities (2.90) define a solution of type IIB string theory, which low energy action in Einstein frame contains the terms 10 1 2 1 2 d x√ g R ( φ) exp(φ)H′ , (2.91) − − 2 ∇ − 12 Z where H′ is the Ramond-Ramond three-form field strength. The Neveu-Schwarz 3-form field strength, the selfdual 5-form field strength and the second scalar are set to zero. After some simplifications [5], the exact D-string solution as a function of the radial coordinate r reads µ µ µ 1 µ X (r, σ)= X0 + C λ τ + σ I (r), µ =0, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, ± ± X3,4 = X3,4 = constants, τ(r)= τ I(r), 0 0 ± 53 where r 0 1/2 I = du B0±g99 B9±g09 g11 − , − r0 − W Zr 9 1/2 I = du B0±g09 B9±g00 g11 − , r0 − W Z r r l du 1/2 1/2 I = Bl± 0 − , l =2, 5, 6, 7, 8, I = du − , r0 gll W r0 W Z 2 µ ν 0 Z F01 = gsTDλ C C gµν (r), ± ± 0 2 9 2 2 A C 2 A C ± ± = B9± ± g00 + B0± ± g99 W " − g11 # " − g11 # A2 C0 C9 2 B±B± + ± ± ± g − 0 9 g 09 11 8 2 2 1 l 2 l 2 B 1 2 2 2 ± A C + B + 2 + A C c u . −g11 ± ± ± c u ± ± ( l=5 ) X h i All previous considerations are based on the ansatz (2.19). However, there exist other embeddings which allow for simplification of the dynamics and as a consequence for obtaining exact solutions of the equations of motion and constraints. An example is the following one µ m µ m µ a m a X (ξ )=Λmξ + Z (ασ + βτ), X (ξ )= Z (ασ + βτ), α,β = constants, (2.92) where τ = ξ0, σ is one of the worldvolume spatial coordinates ξi, and Zµ, Za are arbitrary functions. This ansatz will be used further on. 3 AdS/CFT The AdS/CFT duality [35] between string/M-theory on curved space-times with Anti-de Sitter subspaces and conformal field theories in different dimensions has been actively in- vestigated in the last years. A lot of impressive progresses have been made in this field of research based mainly on the integrability structures discovered on both sides of the cor- respondence. The most studied example is the duality between type IIB string theory on AdS S5 target space and the = 4 super Yang-Mills theory (SYM) in four space-time 5 × N dimensions. However, many other cases are also of interest, and have been investigated intensively (for recent review on the AdS/CFT duality, see [49]). Different classical string/M-theory solutions play important role in checking and under- standing the AdS/CFT correspondence [50]. To establish relations with the dual gauge theory, one has to take the semiclassical limit of large conserved charges [51]. An interesting issue to solve is to find the finite-size effects, related to the wrapping interactions in the dual field theory [52]. 54 3.1 Classical string solutions and string/field theory duality In [7] and [8] the string dynamics in general string theory target space-times is considered by using the Polyakov action (2.1) (for strings p = 1). Exact solutions of the equations of motion and Virasoro constraints are found. This is done in the covariant worldsheet gauge γmn = constants. The considerations in [7] are based on the ansatz (2.19), while in [8] a particular case of the ansatz (2.92) is used, corresponding to α = 1, β = 0. Then, the general results are applied for several string backgrounds having dual field theory description. 5 Namely, AdS5 S with field theory dual = 4 SYM, AdS5 black hole with field theory × N 3 dual finite temperature = 4 SYM, and AdS3 S , with NS-NS 2-form gauge field. In accordance with theNAdS/CFT duality, the× string×M theory on AdS S3 is dual 3 × ×M to a superconformal field theory on a cylinder, which is the boundary of AdS3 in global coordinates. Analogous considerations have been made in [29]. The difference is that the most general form of the embedding (2.92) is applied for strings. Let us describe the general results obtained there. In what follow we will use conformal gauge γmn = ηmn = diag( 1, 1) in which the string − Lagrangian, the Virasoro constraints and the equations of motion take the following form: T = (G G +2B ) , (3.1) L 2 00 − 11 01 G00 + G11 =0, G01 =0, g ∂2 ∂2 XK +ΓK ∂ XM ∂ XN ∂ XM ∂ XN = H ∂ XM ∂ XN . LK 0 − 1 MN 0 0 − 1 1 LMN 0 1 Now, let us suppose that there exist some number of commuting Killing vector fields along part of XM coordinates and split XM into two parts XM =(Xµ,Xa), where Xµ are the isometric coordinates, while Xa are the non-isometric ones. The existence of isometric coordinates leads to the following conditions on the background fields: ∂µgMN =0, ∂µbMN =0. (3.2) Then from the string action, we can compute the conserved charges ∂ Q = dσ L (3.3) µ ∂(∂ Xµ) Z 0 under the above conditions. Next, we introduce the following ansatz for the string embedding Xµ(τ, σ)=Λµτ + X˜ µ(ασ + βτ), Xa(τ, σ)= X˜ a(ασ + βτ), (3.4) 55 where Λµ, α, β are arbitrary parameters. Further on, we will use the notation ξ = ασ + βτ. Applying this ansatz, one can find that the equalities (3.1), (3.3) become T dX˜ M dX˜ N dX˜ N = (α2 β2)g + 2Λµ (βg + αb ) +ΛµΛνg , (3.5) L 2 − − MN dξ dξ µN µN dξ µν h i dX˜ M dX˜ N dX˜ N G + G =(α2 + β2)g +2βΛµg +ΛµΛνg =0, (3.6) 00 11 MN dξ dξ µN dξ µν dX˜ M dX˜ N dX˜ N G = αβg + αΛµg =0, (3.7) 01 MN dξ dξ µN dξ 2 ˜ K ˜ M ˜ N ˜ N 2 2 d X dX dX µ dX µ ν (α β ) gLK 2 +ΓL,MN +2βΛ ΓL,µN +Λ Λ ΓL,µν − − " dξ dξ dξ # dξ dX˜ N = αΛµH , (3.8) LµN dξ T dX˜ N Q = dξ (βg + αb ) +Λνg . (3.9) µ α µN µN dξ µν Z " # Our next task is to try to solve the equations of motion (3.8) for the isometric coordinates, i.e. for L = λ. Due to the conditions (3.2) imposed on the background fields, we obtain that 1 1 Γ = (∂ g + ∂ g ) , Γ = ∂ g Γ =0, λ,ab 2 a bλ b aλ λ,µa 2 a µλ λ,µν Hλab = ∂abbλ + ∂bbλa, Hλµa = ∂abλµ, Hλµν =0. By using this, one can find the following first integrals for X˜ µ: dX˜ µ 1 dX˜ a = [gµν (C αΛρb )+ βΛµ] gµνg , (3.10) dξ α2 β2 ν − νρ − νa dξ − where Cν are arbitrary integration constants. Therefore, according to our ansatz (3.4), the solutions for the string coordinates Xµ can be written as 1 Xµ(τ, σ)=Λµτ + dξ [gµν (C αΛρb )+ βΛµ] gµνg dX˜ a(ξ). (3.11) α2 β2 ν − νρ − νa − Z Z 56 Now, let us turn to the remaining equations of motion corresponding to L = a, where 1 1 Γ = (∂ g ∂ g ), Γ = ∂ g , a,µb −2 a bµ − b aµ a,µν −2 a µν H = ∂ b , H = ∂ b + ∂ b . aµν a µν aµb − a bµ b aµ Taking this into account and replacing the first integrals for X˜ µ already found, one can write these equations in the form (prime is used for d/dξ) ′′ ′ ′ ′ (α2 β2) h X˜ b +Γh X˜ b X˜ c =2∂ A X˜ b ∂ U, (3.12) − ab a,bc [a b] − a h i where 1 h = g g gµνg , Γh = (∂ h + ∂ h ∂ h ) (3.13) ab ab − aµ νb a,bc 2 b ca c ba − a bc A = g gµν (C αΛρb )+ αΛµb , (3.14) a aµ ν − νρ aµ 1/2 U = (C αΛρb ) gµν C αΛλb + α2ΛµΛνg . (3.15) α2 β2 µ − µρ ν − νλ µν − One can show that the above equations for X˜ a can be derived from the effective Lagrangian 1 ′ ′ ′ eff (ξ)= (α2 β2)h X˜ a X˜ b + A X˜ a U. L 2 − ab a − The corresponding effective Hamiltonian is 1 ′ ′ eff (ξ)= (α2 β2)h X˜ a X˜ b + U, H 2 − ab a or in terms of the momenta pa conjugated to X˜ 1 eff (ξ)= (α2 β2)hab (p A )(p A )+ U. H 2 − a − a b − b The Virasoro constraints (3.6), (3.7) become: 1 ′ ′ (α2 β2)h X˜ a X˜ b + U =0, αΛµC =0. (3.16) 2 − ab µ Finally, let us write down the expressions for the conserved charges (3.9) T β Q = dξ C + αΛνg + b gνρ C αΛλb µ α2 β2 α µ µν µν ρ − ρλ − Z ′ + (α2 β2)(b b gνρg ) X˜ a . (3.17) − µa − µν ρa i 57 3.1.1 Rotating strings in type IIA reduction of M-theory on G2 manifold and their semiclassical limits The type IIA background, in which we will search for rotating string solutions, has the form [54] ds2 = r1/2C (dx0)2 + δ dxI dxJ + A2 (g1)2 +(g2)2 10 0 − IJ dr2 + B2 (g3)2 +(g4)2 + D2(g5)2 + r1/2 , (I,J =1, 2, 3), r = const, 0 C 0 eΦ = r3/4C3/2, F = sin θ dφ dθ sin θ dφ dθ . (3.18) 0 2 1 1 ∧ 1 − 2 2 ∧ 2 Here, g1,...,g5 are given by 1 g = sin θ1dφ1 cos ψ1 sin θ2dφ2 + sin ψ1dθ2, 2 − − g = dθ1 sin ψ1 sin θ2dφ2 cos ψ1dθ2, 3 − − g = sin θ1dφ1 + cos ψ1 sin θ2dφ2 sin ψ1dθ2, 4 − − g = dθ1 + sin ψ1 sin θ2dφ2 + cos ψ1dθ2, 5 g = dψ1 + cos θ1dφ1 + cos θ2dφ2, and the functions A, B, C and D depend on the radial coordinate r only: 1 1 A = (r 3r0/2)(r +9r0/2), B = (r +3r0/2)(r 9r0/2), √12 − √12 − p p (r 9r /2)(r +9r /2) C = − 0 0 ,D = r/3. (3.19) (r 3r /2)(r +3r /2) s − 0 0 In (3.18), Φ and F2 are the Type IIA dilaton and the field strength of the Ramond-Ramond one-form gauge field respectively. The above ten dimensional background arises as dimensional reduction of M-theory on a G manifold with field theory dual four dimensional = 1 SYM. 2 N The type IIA solution (3.18) describes a D6-brane wrapping the S3 in the deformed conifold geometry. For r , the metric becomes that of a singular conifold, the dilaton is →∞ 2 constant, and the flux is through the S surrounding the wrapped D6-brane. For r 9r0/2= Φ 3/4 − 3/2 ǫ 0, the string coupling e goes to zero like ǫ , whereas the curvature blows up as ǫ− just→ like in the near horizon region of a flat D6-brane. This means that classical supergravity is valid for sufficiently large radius. However, the singularity in the interior is the same as the one of flat D6 branes, as expected. On the other hand, the dilaton continuously decreases from a finite value at infinity to zero, so that for small r0 classical string theory is valid everywhere. As explained in [55], the global geometry is that of a warped product of flat Minkowski space and a non-compact space, Y6, which for large radius is simply the conifold since the backreaction of the wrapped D6 brane becomes less and less important. However, in the interior, the backreaction induces changes on Y6 away from the conifold geometry. For 58 2 3 r 9r0/2, the S shrinks to zero size, whereas an S of finite size remains. This behavior is similar→ to that of the deformed conifold but the two metrics are different. Three types of rotating string solutions have been found in [12]. The first one is given by (∆r = r 3l, ∆r = r 3l) − 1 1 − 8 l∆r 1/2 ξ1(r)= (3.20) 2 2 1/2 (3l r )∆r (Λ+ +Λ ) 2 1 × − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (5) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;3/2; , , , , . D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r ∆r − 2 1 Now, we can compute the conserved momenta on the obtained solution. They are: 7 1/2 1/2 E PI 2 l∆r1 ∆r1 − 0 = I = T 2 2 1+ (3.21) Λ0 Λ0 (Λ+ +Λ )(3l r2) 3l r2 − − − 1 F (1) 1/2;1/2;3/2; , D 3l r2 × 1+ − ∆r1 ! P = Λθ1 Λθ2 cos ψ0 I + Λθ1 +Λθ2 cos ψ0 I , (3.22) θ1 0 − 0 1 A 0 0 1 B P = Λθ2 Λθ1 cos ψ0 I + Λθ2 +Λθ1 cos ψ0 I , θ2 0 − 0 1 A 0 0 1 B where 7 5 1/2 1/2 2 l ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 − IA = T 2 2 1+ 1+ 1+ (3.23) (Λ+ +Λ )(3l r2) 2l 6l 3l r2 − − − 1 1 1 F (3) 1/2; 1, 1, 1/2;3/2; , , , D 2l 6l 3l r2 × − − 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 1/2 9 3 1/2 T 2 (l∆r1) ∆r1 ∆r1 − IB = 2 2 1+ 1+ (3.24) 9 "(Λ+ +Λ )(3l r2)# 4l 3l r2 − − − 1 1 F (2) 1/2; 1, 1/2;5/2; , . D 4l 3l r2 × − 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Our next task is to find the relation between the energy E and the other conserved quantities PI , Pθ1 , Pθ2 , in the semiclassical limit (large conserved charges), which corresponds to r . In this limit, 1 →∞ 3 1/2 1/2 2 E PI πT (2 l) πT (2l) v0 = = , IA = IB = , Λ0 ΛI 2 2 1/2 2 2 3/2 0 0 (Λ+ +Λ ) (Λ+ +Λ ) − − 59 which leads to the following energy-charge relation 2 2 1/2 2 2 1/2 2 E = P +2πT (6r0) Pθ1 + Pθ2 , P = δIJ PI PJ . (3.25) The second type of rotating string solution can be written as 1/2 1 8 l∆r ξ (r)= 1/2 (3.26) ¯ 2 ¯ 2 2 (3l r2)∆r1 × Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (5) 1/ 2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2,1/2, 1/2;3/2; , , , , . D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r ∆r − 2 1 For E and PI we have 1/2 1/2 E P 2l∆r ∆r − = I = 8T 1 1+ 1 (3.27) 0 I ¯ 2 ¯ 2 2 Λ0 Λ0 " Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2)# 3l r2 − − − 1 F (1) 1/2;1/2;3/2; . D 3l r2 × 1+ − ∆r1 ! For the conserved angular momenta Pθ and Pφ one finds P = Λθ Λφ sin ψ0 sin θ0 J + Λθ +Λφ sin ψ0 sin θ0 J , (3.28) θ 0 − 0 1 2 A 0 0 1 2 B φ φ P = Λ sin θ0 Λθ sin ψ0 sin θ0J + Λ sin θ0 +Λθ sin ψ0 sin θ0J φ 0 2 − 0 1 2 A 0 2 0 1 2 B φ 2 0 +Λ0 cos θ2JD, where 1/2 2l5∆r ∆r ∆r J = 8T 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 (3.29) A ¯ 2 ¯ 2 2 " Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2)# 2l 6l − − 1/2 ∆r − 1 1 1 1+ 1 F (3) 1/2; 1, 1, 1/2;3/2; , , , D 2l 6l 3l r2 × 3l r2 − − 1+ 1+ 1+ − − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 1/2 1/2 16 2(l∆r )3 ∆r ∆r − J = T 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 B ¯ 2 ¯ 2 2 9 " Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2)# 4l 3l r2 − − − 1 1 F (2) 1/2; 1, 1/2;5/2; , , (3.30) D 4l 3l r2 × − 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 1/2 1/2 2l5∆r ∆r ∆r − J = 8T 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 D ¯ 2 ¯ 2 2 " Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2)# 3l 3l r2 − − − 1 1 F (2) 1/2; 2, 1/2;3/2; , . (3.31) D 3l 3l r2 × − 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 60 In the semiclassical limit r , one gets the following dependence of the energy on the 1 →∞ charges PI , Pθ and Pφ 3P 2 1/2 E2 = P2 +2πT (6r )1/2 P 2 + φ . (3.32) 0 θ 3 cos2 θ0 − 2 The third solution and the conserved charges can be computed in the same way. These computations lead to the following energy-charge relation after taking the semiclassical limit 6r 1/2 E2 = P2 +2πT 0 (3.33) ∆ × 3 cos2 θ0 P 2 + 3 cos2 θ0 P 2 4P P cos θ0 cos θ0 1/2 , − 2 φ1 − 1 φ2 − φ1 φ2 1 2 where ∆=3 cos2 θ0 cos2 θ0 cos2 θ0 cos2 θ0. − 1 − 2 − 1 2 3.1.2 Strings in AdS S5, integrable systems and 5 × finite-size effects for single spikes 3 5 We use the reduction of the string dynamics on Rt S subspace of AdS5 S to the Neumann-Rosochatius (NR) integrable system to map×all string solutions described× by this dynamical system onto solutions of the complex sine-Gordon (CSG) integrable model. This mapping relates the parameters in the solutions on both sides of the correspondence. Then, we find finite-size string solutions, their images in the (complex) sine-Gordon (SG) system, 2 and the leading finite-size effects of the single spike “E ∆ϕ” relation for both Rt S and R S3 cases [16]. − × t × Strings on R S3 and the NR integrable system t × We choose to work in conformal gauge in which the string Lagrangian and the Virasoro constraints take the form (3.1) (in AdS S5 the 2-form B-field is zero) 5 × T = (G G ) (3.34) Ls 2 00 − 11 G00 + G11 =0, G01 =0. (3.35) We embed the string in R S3 subspace of AdS S5 as follows t × 5 × 2 it(τ,σ) iϕj (τ,σ) 2 Z0 = Re , Wj = Rrj(τ, σ)e , WjW¯ j = R , j=1 X 61 5 where R is the common radius of AdS5 and S , and t is the AdS time. For this embedding, the metric induced on the string worldsheet is given by 2 2 G = ∂ Z ∂ Z¯ + ∂ W ∂ W¯ = R2 ∂ t∂ t + ∂ r ∂ r + r2∂ ϕ ∂ ϕ . ab − (a 0 b) 0 (a j b) j − a b a j b j j a j b j j=1 " j=1 # X X The corresponding string Lagrangian becomes 2 = +Λ r2 1 , L Ls s j − j=1 ! X where Λs is a Lagrange multiplier. In the case at hand, the background metric does not depend on t and ϕj. Therefore, the conserved quantities are the string energy Es and two angular momenta Jj, given by ∂ ∂ E = dσ Ls , J = dσ Ls . (3.36) s − ∂(∂ t) j ∂(∂ ϕ ) Z 0 Z 0 j It is known that restricting ourselves to the case t(τ, σ)= κτ, rj(τ, σ)= rj(ξ), ϕj(τ, σ)= ωjτ + fj(ξ), (3.37) ξ = ασ + βτ, κ,ωj,α,β = constants, reduces the problem to solving the NR integrable system [58]. For the case under consider- ation, the NR Lagrangian reads (prime is used for d/dξ) 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 Cj 2 2 2 2 L =(α β ) r′ + α ω r +Λ r 1 , (3.38) NR − j − (α2 β2)2 r2 j j s j − j=1 j j=1 ! X − X where the parameters Cj are integration constants after single time integration of the equa- tions of motion for fj(ξ): 1 Cj f ′ = + βω . (3.39) j α2 β2 r2 j − j The constraints (3.35) give the conserved Hamiltonian HNR and a relation between the embedding parameters and the arbitrary constants Cj: 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 Cj 2 2 2 α + β 2 H =(α β ) r′ + + α ω r = κ , (3.40) NR − j (α2 β2)2 r2 j j α2 β2 j=1 j X − − 2 2 Cjωj + βκ =0. (3.41) j=1 X 62 For closed strings, rj and fj satisfy the following periodicity conditions rj(ξ +2πα)= rj(ξ), fj(ξ +2πα)= fj(ξ)+2πnα, (3.42) where nα are integer winding numbers. On the ansatz (3.37), Es and Jj introduced in (3.36) take the form √λ κ √λ 1 β E = dξ, J = dξ C + αω r2 , (3.43) s 2π α j 2π α2 β2 α j j j Z − Z where we have used that the string tension and the ’t Hooft coupling constant λ are related 2 √λ by T R = 2π . In order to identically satisfy the embedding condition 2 r2 1=0, j − j=1 X we introduce a new variable θ(ξ) by r1(ξ) = sin θ(ξ), r2(ξ) = cos θ(ξ). (3.44) Then, Eq.(3.40) leads to 2 2 1/2 1 2 2 2 C1 C2 2 2 2 2 2 θ′(ξ) = (α + β )κ α ω sin θ + ω cos θ (3.45) ±α2 β2 − sin2 θ − cos2 θ − 1 2 − 1 Θ(θ), ≡ ±α2 β2 − which can be integrated to give dθ ξ(θ)= (α2 β2) . (3.46) ± − Θ(θ) Z From Eqs.(3.39) and (3.44), we can obtain βω ξ dθ f = 1 C , (3.47) 1 α2 β2 ± 1 sin2 θ Θ(θ) − Z βω ξ dθ f = 2 C . (3.48) 2 α2 β2 ± 2 cos2 θ Θ(θ) − Z Let us also point out that the solutions for ξ(θ) and fj must satisfy the conditions (3.41) and (3.42). All these solve formally the NR system for the present case. Relationship between the NR and CSG integrable systems Due to Pohlmeyer [59], we know that the string dynamics on R S3 can be described by t × the CSG equation. Here, we derive the relation between the solutions of the two integrable systems - NR and CSG. 63 The CSG system is defined by the Lagrangian ηab∂ ψ∂¯ ψ (ψ)= a b + M 2ψψ¯ L 1 ψψ¯ − which give the equation of motion ∂ ψ∂aψ ∂ ∂aψ + ψ¯ a M 2(1 ψψ¯ )ψ =0. a 1 ψψ¯ − − − If we represent ψ in the form ψ = sin(φ/2) exp(iχ/2), the Lagrangian can be expressed as 1 (φ, χ)= ∂ φ∂aφ + tan2(φ/2)∂ χ∂aχ + (2M)2 sin2(φ/2) , L 4 a a along with the equations of motion 1 sin(φ/2) ∂ ∂aφ ∂ χ∂aχ M 2 sin φ =0, (3.49) a − 2 cos3(φ/2) a − 2 ∂ ∂aχ + ∂ φ∂aχ =0. (3.50) a sin φ a The SG system corresponds to a particular case of χ = 0. To relate the NR system with the CSG integrable system, we consider the case φ = φ(ξ), χ = Aσ + Bτ +χ ˜(ξ), where φ andχ ˜ depend on only one variable ξ = ασ + βτ in the same way as in our NR ansatz (3.37). Then the equations of motion (3.49), (3.50) reduce to 2 2 2 1 sin(φ/2) 2 Aα Bβ A B M sin φ φ′′ χ˜′ +2 − χ˜′ + − =0, (3.51) − 2 cos3(φ/2) α2 β2 α2 β2 − α2 β2 − − − 2φ′ Aα Bβ χ˜′′ + χ˜′ + − =0. (3.52) sin φ α2 β2 − We further restrict ourselves to the case of Aα = Bβ. A trivial solution of Eq.(3.52) is χ˜ = constant, which corresponds to the solutions of the CSG equations considered in [60, 61] for a GM string on R S3. More nontrivial solution of (3.52) is t × dξ χ˜ = C . (3.53) χ tan2(φ/2) Z 64 The replacement of the above into (3.51) gives 2 2 M sin φ 1 2 cos(φ/2) A sin(φ/2) φ′′ = + C . (3.54) α2 β2 2 χ sin3(φ/2) − β2 cos3(φ/2) − Integrating once, we obtain 2 2 2 2 2 1/2 2M 4M 2 A /β Cχ φ′ = C + sin (φ/2) (3.55) ± φ − α2 β2 α2 β2 − 1 sin2(φ/2) − sin2(φ/2) − − − Φ(φ), ≡ ± from which we get dφ A dφ ξ(φ)= , χ(φ)= (βσ + ατ) C . ± Φ(φ) β ± χ tan2(φ/2)Φ(φ) Z Z All these solve the CSG system for the considered particular case. It is clear from (3.55) that the expression inside the square root must be positive. Now we are ready to establish a correspondence between the NR and CSG integrable systems described above. To this end, we make the following identification √ G sin2(φ/2) − (3.56) ≡ K2 where G is the determinant of the induced metric Gab computed on the constraints (3.35) and K2 is a parameter which will be fixed later6. For our NR system, √ G is given by − R2α2 √ G = (κ2 ω2)+(ω2 ω2) cos2 θ . (3.57) − α2 β2 − 1 1 − 2 − We want the field φ, defined in (3.56) through NR quantities, to identically satisfy (3.55) derived from the CSG equations. This imposes relations between the parameters involved, 3 which are given in appendix A. In this way, we mapped all string solutions on Rt S (in particular on R S2) described by the NR integrable system onto solutions of the× CSG (in t × particular SG) equations. From (A.1) one can see that the parameters A and Cχ are nonzero 2 in general on Rt S where ω2 = C2 = 0. This means that there exist string solutions on R S2 which correspond× to solutions of the CSG system. Only when M 2 = κ2, all string t × solutions on R S2 are represented by solutions of the SG equation. t × For the GM and SS solutions, which we are interested in, the relations between the NR and CSG parameters simplify a lot. Let us write them explicitly. The GM solutions correspond 2 2 to C2 = 0, κ = ω1. This leads to 2 ω2 C = 3M 2 2 ω2 2 , K2 = R2M 2, (3.58) φ α2 β2 − 1 − 1 β2/α2 − − 4 ω2 A2 = M 2 ω2 + 2 , C =0. α2/β2 1 − 1 1 β2/α2 χ − − 6For K2 = κ2, this definition of the angle φ coincides with the one used in [60], which is based on the Pohlmeyer’s reduction procedure [59]. 65 Therefore, for all GM strings the field χ is linear function at most. Since A = Cχ = 0 3 implies χ = 0, it follows from here that there exist GM string solutions on Rt S , which are mapped not on CSG solutions but on SG solutions instead. This happens exactly× when ω2 M 2 = ω2 2 . 1 − 1 β2/α2 − In that case the nonzero parameters are ω2 2 ω2 K2 = R2 ω2 2 , C = ω2 2 , 1 − 1 β2/α2 φ α2 β2 1 − 1 β2/α2 − − − and the corresponding solution of the SG equation can be found from (3.55) to be 1 sin(φ/2) = , η0 = const. (3.59) ω2 ω2/(1 β2/α2) β cosh 1 − 2 − σ + τ η 1 β2/α2 α − 0 − q Replacing (3.59) in (3.56), (3.57), one obtains the GM solution (A.3) as it should be. 2 2 2 2 For the SS solutions C2 = 0, κ = ω1α /β . This results in 2 ω2 C = 2 2ω2α2/β2 + 2 3M 2 , φ β2 α2 1 β2/α2 1 − − − 4 ω2 A2 = ω2α2/β2 M 2 2 2 M 2 , (3.60) M 4(1 α2/β2) 1 − β2/α2 1 − − − 2ω2ω α3 C = 1 2 , K2 = R2M 2. χ M 2(β2 α2)β2 − 3 We want to point out that Cχ is always nonzero on S contrary to the GM case, which makes χ also non-vanishing. To our knowledge, the CSG solutions corresponding to the SS 3 on Rt S are not given in the literature. To study this problem, we will consider the case when A× = 0. A can be zero when ω2 M 2 = κ2 = ω2α2/β2 or M 2 = 2 , (3.61) 1 β2/α2 1 − As is seen from (3.61), we have two options, and we restrict ourselves to the first one7. 2 2 2 2 Replacing M = ω1α /β in (3.60) and using the resulting expressions for Cφ and Cχ in (3.55), one obtains the simplified equation 2 2 2 4 2 α 2 ω2 2 φ′ = ω cos (φ/2) cot (φ/2) β2 α2 1 β2 − β2/α2 1 − − with solution ω2 sin2(φ/2) = tanh2 (Cξ)+ 2 , (3.62) ω2 (1 α2/β2) cosh2 (Cξ) 1 − 7It turns out that the second option does not allow real solutions. 66 where αω 1 α2/β2 ω2/ω2 C = 1 − − 2 1 . β2 (1 α2/β2) p − This agrees with Eqs. (3.56) and (3.57). By inserting (3.62) into (3.53) one can find ω1 2 2 2 2 χ =χ ˜ = 2arctan 1 α /β ω2/ω1 tanh(Cξ) . ω2 − − q Hence, the CSG field ψ for the case at hand is given by ω2 ψ = tanh2 (Cξ)+ 2 (3.63) 2 2 2 2 s ω1 (1 α /β ) cosh (Cξ) − ω1 2 2 2 2 exp i arctan 1 α /β ω2/ω1 tanh(Cξ) . × ω2 − − q Here we have set the integration constants φ0, χ0 equal to zero. Several examples, which illustrate the established NR - CSG correspondence, are considered in an Appendix. Finite-size effects for single spike string Here, we will give finite-size single spike string solutions, the corresponding conserved quantities, and the leading corrections to the SS “E ∆ϕ” relation: first for the R S2 − t × case, then for the SS string with two angular momenta. The solution for the SS on R S2 can be written as (α2 < β2) t × W = R 1 (1 κ2/ω2) dn2 (Cξ m) 1 − − 1 | q α/β α β/α 2 2 exp iω1 σ + τ i Π am(Cξ), β /α 1 m , × − 1 α2/β2 β ± 1 κ2/ω2 − | ( − 1 ) − W = R 1 κ2/ω2dn (Cξ m) , Z p= R exp(iκτ) 2 − 1 | 0 αωq 1 κ2/ω2 β2/α2 1 C = 1 − 1 , m − . ± β2(1 α2/β2) ≡ ω2/κ2 1 p− 1 − The conserved quantities for the present string solution are given by κ θmax dθ κ(β2/α2 1) s = 2 =2 − K(m), 2 2 E α θ θ′ ω 1 κ /ω Z min 1 − 1 θmax 2 2 2 2 2 dθ 2 2 2 1 β κ /α ω1 p′ = sin θ (βf1 + ω1)=2 1 κ /ω1 E(m) − 2 2 K(m) . J α θ′ − − 1 κ /ω Zθmin q − 1 In addition, we compute ∆ϕ1 θmax dθ β/α β2 ∆ϕ ∆ϕ1 =2 f ′ = 2 Π 1 m K(m) . 1 2 2 2 ≡ θ θ′ − 1 κ /ω − α | − Z min − 1 p 67 Defining parameters ǫ 1 m, v β/α, ≡ − ≡ we can rewrite these as v2 1 =2 (v2 1)(1 ǫ)K(1 ǫ), =2 − [E(1 ǫ) ǫK(1 ǫ)] , Es − − − J v2 ǫ − − − r − p v2 ǫ ∆ϕ = 2v − Π 1 v2 1 ǫ K(1 ǫ) − v2 1 − | − − − r − 2 2 v ǫ 2 (v 1)√1 ǫ s ∆ϕ =2v − Π 1 v 1 ǫ 1 − − K(1 ǫ) . E − v2 1 − | − − − v√v2 ǫ − r − − Now we make small ǫ expansion of the above expressions by using the following represen- tation for v v(ǫ)= v0(p)+ v1(p)ǫ + v2(p)ǫ log(ǫ) and obtain 2 2 2 1 (v0 1) [v0 (1 + log(16)) 2] v0(v0 1) =2 1 2 , v1 = − − , v2 = − . J s − v0 4v0 − 4 From the expansion for ∆ϕ, we obtain ǫ as a function of ∆ϕ and J √4 2 ǫ = 16 exp −J ∆ϕ + arcsin J 4 2 . − 2 −J J p Using these results in the expansion for s ∆ϕ, one can see that the divergent terms cancel each other for 2 < 2 and the finite resultE − is J √ √ 3 λ λ 1 2 Es ∆ϕ = arcsin J 4 + J ǫ − 2π π 2 2 −J 16√4 2 −J √λ p p p p ∆ϕ + p = + 4 sin2 tan exp , (3.64) π 2 2 2 − tan p 2 where we used the identification p κ arcsin ( /2) = = θ¯ = π/2 arcsin . J 2 − ω1 This includes the leading finite-size correction to the SS “E ∆ϕ” relation (the term pro- portional to ǫ). Let us also note that to the leading order, the− length L of this SS string can be computed to be α L = (∆ϕ + p) . κ 68 The full string solution on R S3 is given by t × Z0 = R exp(iκτ), 2 2 2iβ/α W1 = R 1 z dn (Cξ m) exp iω1τ + + 2 2 − | ( z+ 1 ω2/ω1 q − 2 2 2 2 κ /ω1 z+p z F (am(Cξ) m) Π am(Cξ), − − m , × | − 1 z2 − 1 z2 | − + − + 2iβω2/αω1 W2 = Rz+dn (Cξ m) exp iω2τ + F (am(Cξ) m) . (3.65) 2 2 | ( z+ 1 ω2/ω1 | ) − p The CSG solution related to (3.65) can be written as 2 2 2 ω1/M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 sin (φ/2) = 1 κ /ω1 1 ω2/ω1 z+cn (Cξ m)+ z sn (Cξ m) (3.66). β2/α2 1 − − − | − | − After that, we use (3.66) in (3.53) and integrate. The result is A C χ = (βσ + ατ) C (ασ + βτ)+ χ Π(am(Cξ), n m) , (3.67) β − χ CD | where A/β and Cχ are given in (A.1), C2 = 0, and 2 2 2 2 2 2 ω1/M 2 2 2 2 2 (1 ω2/ω1)(z+ z ) D = 1 κ /ω 1 ω /ω z , n = − − − . β2/α2 1 − 1 − − 2 1 + (1 κ2/ω2) (1 ω2/ω2) z2 − − 1 − − 2 1 + Hence for the present case, the CSG field ψ = sin(φ/2) exp(iχ/2) is defined by (3.66) and (3.67). The computation of the conserved quantities (3.43) and ∆ϕ1 now gives 2 2 2κ(β /α 1) 2 2 s = − K 1 z /z+ , 2 2 − E ω1 1 ω2/ω1z+ − − 2 2 2 2 p2z+ 2 2 1 β κ /α ω1 2 2 1 = E 1 z /z+ − 2 K 1 z /z+ , J 2 2 − − − z − − 1 ω2/ω1 + − p 2z+ω2/ω1 2 2 2 = E 1 z /z+ , 2 2 − J − 1 ω2/ω1 − − 2 2 2 2 2β/α κ /ω1 z+ z 2 2 2 2 ∆ϕ = p Π − − 1 z /z K 1 z /z . 2 2 2 2 + + − 1 ω /ω z 1 z+ − 1 z+ | − − − − − 2 1 + − − − p Our next step is to introduce the new parameters 2 2 2 2 ǫ z /z+, v β/α, u ω2/ω1, ≡ − ≡ ≡ 69 and to expand the above conserved quantities about ǫ = 0. We also need to consider the ǫ-expansion for u and v as follows: v(ǫ)= v0 + v1ǫ + v2ǫ log(ǫ), u(ǫ)= u0 + u1ǫ + u2ǫ log(ǫ). The coefficients can be determined by the condition that and should be finite, J1 J2 2 2 1 2 v0 = J , u0 = J , (3.68) 2 2 2 2 2 ( ) [4 ( )] 1 J1 −J2 − J1 −J2 J (1 u )v2 1 v = p − 0 0 − (u 1)v4(1 + log(16)) 2 1 4(u 1)(v2 1)v 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 + v2 [3 + log(16) + u (log(4096) 5)] , (3.69) 0 0 − v [1 (1 u )v2] [1 + 3u (1 u )v2] v = 0 − − 0 0 0 − − 0 0 , 2 − 4(1 u )(v2 1) − 0 0 − u [1 (1 u )v2] log(16) u [1 (1 u )v2] u = 0 − − 0 0 , u = 0 − − 0 0 . 1 v2 1 2 − v2 1 0 − 0 − The parameter ǫ can be obtained from ∆ϕ and to the leading order one finds: (1 u )v2 1 2 (1 u )v2 1 ǫ = 16 exp − 0 0 − ∆ϕ + arcsin − 0 0 − . (3.70) − v2 1 (1 u )v2 p 0 − " p − 0 0 !#! From Eqs.(3.68), (3.69) and (3.70), ∆ϕ can be derived to be Es − 4 ∆ϕ = arcsin N( , )+2 2 2 1 (3.71) Es − J1 J2 J1 −J2 [4 ( 2 2)] − s − J1 −J2 2 2 2( 1 2 ) N( 1, 2) exp J −J J J [∆ϕ + arcsin N( 1, 2)] , (3.72) × − ( 2 2)2 +4 2 J J J1 −J2 J2 1 4 N( , ) 4 2 2 1. (3.73) J1 J2 ≡ 2 − J1 −J2 [4 ( 2 2)] − s − J1 −J2 Here 2 2 < 2 is assumed. Finally, by using the SS relation between the angular momenta J1 −J2 = 2 + 4 sin2(p/2), J1 J2 q we obtain ( π/2 p π/2) − ≤ ≤ √λ √λ p p p tan p (∆ϕ + p) E ∆ϕ = + 4 sin2 tan exp 2 . (3.74) s − 2π π 2 2 2 −tan2 p + 2 csc2 p 2 J2 This is our final result including the leading finite-size correction to the “E ∆ϕ” relation − for the SS string with two angular momenta. It is obvious that for 2 = 0 (3.74) reduces to (3.64) as it should be. J 70 3.1.3 Finite-size effect of the dyonic giant magnons in =6 super Chern-Simons-matter theory N The AdS/CFT correspondence between type IIB string theory on AdS S5 and = 4 SYM 5 × N theory led to many exciting developments and to understanding non-perturbative sturctures of the string and gauge theories. Another exciting possibility is that the same type of duality does exist. The promising candidate for the three-dimensional conformal field theory is = 6 super Chern-Simons (CS) theory with SU(N) SU(N) gauge symmetry and level k N[68]. In the planar limit of N,k with a fixed value× of ’t Hooft coupling λ = N/k, the →∞ 3 = 6 CS is believed to be dual to type IIA superstring theory on AdS CP . N 4 × In [19] we consider finite-size effects for the dyonic giant magnon of the type IIA string 3 theory on AdS4 CP by applying L¨uscher µ-term formula which is derived from a proposed S-matrix for the× = 6 super Chern-Simons theory. We compute explicitly the effect for N the case of a symmetric configuration where the two external bound states, each of A and B particles, have the same momentum p and spin J2. We compare this with the classical string theory result which we computed by reducing it to the Neumann-Rosochatius integrable system. The two results match perfectly. Classical string analysis Let us consider a classical string moving in R CP3. Using the complex coordinates t × 0 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 z = y + iy , w1 = x + ix , w2 = x + ix , w3 = x + ix , w4 = x + ix , we embed the string as follows [69] R z = Z(τ, σ)= eit(τ,σ), w = W (τ, σ)= Rr (τ, σ)eiϕa(τ,σ). 2 a a a Here t is the AdS time. These complex coordinates should satisfy 4 4 W W¯ = R2, W ∂ W¯ W¯ ∂ W =0, a a a m a − a m a a=1 a=1 X X or 4 4 2 2 ra =1, ra∂mϕa =0, m =0, 1. (3.75) a=1 a=1 X X NR reduction In order to reduce the string dynamics on R CP3 to the NR integrable system, we use t × the ansatz t(τ, σ)= κτ, ra(τ, σ)= ra(ξ), ϕa(τ, σ)= ωaτ + fa(ξ), ξ = ασ + βτ, κ,ωa,α,β = constants. (3.76) 71 It can be shown [69] that after integration of the equations of motion for fa, which gives 1 Ca f ′ = + βω , C = constants, (3.77) a α2 β2 r2 a a − a one ends up with the following effective Lagrangian for the coordinates ra 4 2 ′ 1 C L = (α2 β2) r 2 a + α2ω2r2 (3.78) NR − a − (α2 β2)2 r2 a a a=1 − a 4 X Λ r2 1 . − a − a=1 ! X This is the Lagrangian for the NR integrable system [58]. In addition, the CP3 embedding conditions in (3.75) lead to 4 4 2 ωara =0, Ca =0. (3.79) a=1 a=1 X X The Virasoro constraints give the conserved Hamiltonian HNR and a relation between the embedding parameters and the arbitrary constants Ca: 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 Ca 2 2 2 α + β κ H =(α β ) r′ + + α ω r = , (3.80) NR − a (α2 β2)2 r2 a a α2 β2 4 a=1 − a − 4 X 2 Caωa + β(κ/2) =0. (3.81) a=1 X The conserved charges can be defined by ∂ ∂ E = dσ L , J = dσ L , a =1, 2, 3, 4, s − ∂(∂ t) a ∂(∂ ϕ ) Z 0 Z 0 a where is the Polyakov string Lagrangian taken in conformal gauge. Using the ansatz (3.76) L and (3.77), we can find κ√2λ 2√2λ β E = dξ, J = dξ C + αω r2 . (3.82) s 2α a α2 β2 α a a a Z − Z In view of (3.79), one obtains 4 Ja =0. (3.83) a=1 X Dyonic giant magnon solution 72 We are interested in finding string configurations corresponding to the following particular solution of (3.79) 1 1 r1 = r3 = sin θ, r2 = r4 = cos θ, ω1 = ω3, ω2 = ω4. √2 √2 − − 3 The two frequencies ω1,ω2 are independent and lead to strings moving in CP with two angular momenta. From the NR Hamiltonian (3.40) one finds 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 κ 2 2 C1 + C3 C2 + C4 θ′ (ξ) = (α + β ) 2 + (α2 β2)2 4 − sin2 θ cos2 θ − " 2 2 2 2 2 α ω1 sin θ + ω2 cos θ . − # We further restrict ourselves to C2 = C4 = 0 to search for GM string configurations. Eqs. (3.79) and (3.81) give βκ2 C1 = C3 = . − − 8ω1 In this case, the above equation for θ′ can be rewritten in the form 2 2 α ω1 ω2 2 2 2 2 (cos θ)′ = − (z+ cos θ)(cos θ z ), (3.84) ∓ α2 β2 − − − p − q where 1 ω2 ω2 ω2 z2 = y + y 2 (y y )2 2(y + y 2y y ) 2 2 , ω2 1 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 ± 2 − ω1 ± s − − − − ω1 ω1 2(1 ω2 ) ( ) − 1 κ2 β2 κ2 y1 =1 2 , y2 =1 2 2 . − 4ω1 − α 4ω1 The solution of (3.84) is given by 2 2 α ω1 ω2 2 2 cos θ = z+dn (Cξ m) , C = − z+, m 1 z /z+. (3.85) | ∓ α2 β2 ≡ − − p − To find the full string solution, we also need to obtain the explicit expressions for the functions fa from (3.77) 1 C f = dξ a + βω . a α2 β2 r2 a − Z a Using the solution (3.85) for θ(ξ), we can find 2 2 2 2 β/α 2(κ/2) /ω1 z+ z f1 = f3 = Cξ Π am(Cξ), − − m , 2 2 2 2 − z 1 ω /ω − 1 z+ − 1 z+ | + − 2 1 − − βω f = f = p2 ξ. 2 − 4 α2 β2 − 73 As a consequence, the string solution can be written as R 2 2 i(ω1τ+f1) W1 = 1 z dn (Cξ m) e , √2 − + | q R i(ω2τ+f2) W2 = z+dn (Cξ m) e , (3.86) √2 | R 2 2 i(ω1τ+f1) W3 = 1 z dn (Cξ m) e− , √2 − + | q R i(ω2τ+f2) W4 = z+dn (Cξ m) e− . √2 | The GM in infinite volume can be obtained by taking z 0. In this limit, the solution − → for θ reduces to sin p cos θ = 2 , cosh(Cξ) where the constant z sin p/2 is given by + ≡ y ω2/ω2 z2 = 2 − 2 1 . + 1 ω2/ω2 − 2 1 One spin solution corresponds ω2 = 0. Inserting this into (3.82), one can find the energy- charge dispersion relation. For the single DGM, the energy and angular momentum J1 become infinite but their difference remains finite: 2 J2 2 p Es J1 = +2λ sin . (3.87) − r 4 2 Finite-size effects Using the most general solutions (3.86), we can calculate the finite-size corrections to the energy-charge relation (3.87) in the limit when the string energy Es . Here we consider the case of α2 > β2 only since it corresponds to the GM case. We→∞ obtain from (3.82) the following expressions for the conserved string energy Es and the angular momenta Ja 2 2 2κ(1 β /α ) 2 2 = − K 1 z /z+ , 2 2 − E ω1z+ 1 ω2/ω1 − − 2 2 2 2 p2z+ 1 β (κ/2) /α ω1 2 2 2 2 1 = − 2 K 1 z /z+ E 1 z /z+ , (3.88) J 2 2 z − − − − − 1 ω2/ω1 + − p2z+ω2/ω1 2 2 2 = E 1 z /z+ , 3 = 1, 4 = 2. 2 2 − J 1 ω2/ω1 − J −J J −J − As a result, the conditionp (3.83) is identically satisfied. Here, we introduced the notations Es Ja = , a = . (3.89) E √2λ J √2λ 74 The computation of ∆ϕ1 gives θmax dθ p ∆ϕ = 2 f ′ = (3.90) ≡ 1 θ 1 Zθmin ′ 2 2 2 2 2β/α (κ/2) /ω1 z+ z 2 2 2 2 Π − − 1 z /z K 1 z /z . 2 2 2 2 + + − z 1 ω /ω 1 z+ − 1 z+ − − − − − + 2 1 − − − p Expanding the elliptic integrals, we obtain 2 J2 2 p E J1 = 2 +2λ sin (3.91) − r 4 2 p p p 4 p 2 2 2 2 2 2 sin J1 + J2 +8λ sin J2 +8λ sin 32λ sin 2 2 2 2 exp 2 4 p . 2 p q q − 2 − J2 +8λ sin 2 J2 +8λ sin 2 q This also gives the finite-size effect for ordinary GM by taking J 0 2 → p λ p J E J =2√2λ sin 16 sin3 exp 1 2 . (3.92) − 1 2 − 2 2 −√ p − r " 2λ sin 2 # Finite-size effects from the S-matrix The = 6 CS theory has two sets of excitations, namely A-particles and B-particles, each ofN which form a four-dimensional representation of SU(2 2) [70, 71]. We propose an | S-matrix with the following structure: AA BB S (p1,p2) = S (p1,p2)= S0(p1,p2)S(p1,p2) AB BA S (p1,p2) = S (p1,p2)= S˜0(p1,p2)S(p1,p2), b where S is the matrix part determined by the SU(2 2) symmetry,b and is essentially the same as that found for = 4 SYM in [72, 73]. An important| difference arises in the dressing N phases bS0, S˜0 due to the fact that the A- and B-particles are related by complex conjugation. L¨uscher µ-term formula Here we want to generalize multi-particle L¨uscher formula [74, 75] to the case of the bound states. Consider MA number of A-type DGMs, Q1,...QMA , and MB number of B-type DGMs, Q˜ ,... Q˜ . We use α for the SU(2 2)| quantum numbersi carried by the DGMs | 1 MB i k | and Ck for A or B, the two types of particles. Then we propose the multi-particle L¨uscher 75 formula for generic DGM states as follows: 4 MA ǫ (p ) ∗ F Q′ l l iq˜ L AAbαl b − ∗ δEµ = i ( 1) 1 e Res∗ ∗ S bαl (q ,pl) (3.93) − ( − − ǫ1′ (˜q∗) q =˜q Xb=1 Xl=1 MA+MB bα ACk k S (q∗,pk) × bαk k=l Y6 MB MA+MB ǫ′˜ (pl) ∗ F Ql iq˜ L BBbαl BC bαk b − ∗ k ∗ + ( 1) 1 e Res∗ ∗ S bαl (q ,pl) S bαk (q ,pk) . − − ǫ′ (˜q ) q =˜q l=1 1 ∗ ! k=l ) X Y6 Here, the energy dispersion relation for the DGM is given by 2 Q 2 2 p ǫQ(p)= +4g sin . (3.94) r 4 2 The coupling constant g = h(λ) is still unknown function of λ which behaves as h(λ) λ ∼ for small λ, and h(λ) λ/2 for large λ. ∼ S-matrix elements forp the dyonic GM The S-matrix elements for the DGM are in general complicated. However, we can consider a simplest case of the DGMs composed of only A-type φ1’s which are the first bosonic particle in the fundamental representation of SU(2 2). It is obvious that these bound states do exist AA| 11 since the elementary S-matrix element S 11 does have a pole. The same holds for the B-type DGMs. However, the hybrid type DGMs are not possible because the SAB S-matrix does not have any bound-state pole. The L¨uscher correction needs only those S-matrix elements which have the same incoming and outgoing SU(2 2) quantum numbers after scattering with a virtual particle. In partic- | ular, we can easily compute the matrix elements between an elementary magnon and a the bound-state made of only φ1’s (Q of them) denoted by 1Q [76] Q Q 1 1 − b1 b1 y+x AA Q (Q) AA − k S 1 (y,X )= S (y, xk)= σBES(y, xk)˜ab(y, xk) , (3.95) b Q b1 1 1 " y−x+ # kY=1 Yk=1 − k wherea ˜b are given by [72, 73] a˜1(y, x) = a1(y, x), a˜2(y, x)= a1(y, x)+ a2(y, x), (3.96) a˜3(y, x)=˜a4(y, x)= a6(y, x) + x− y η(x)η(y) a1(y, x) = + − x y− η˜(x)˜η(y) − + + + (y− y )(x− x )(x− y ) η(x)η(y) a (y, x) = − − − 2 (y x+)(x y x+y+) η˜(x)˜η(y) − − − − − y+ x+ η(y) a (y, x) = − . 6 y x+ η˜(y) − − 76 As noticed in [76], a2/a1 and a6/a1 are negligible (1/g) corrections in the classical limit g >> 1. Therefore, the S-matrix with b = 1 is a mostO important factor for our computation which can be written as Q 1 1 − + 11 y+x − AA Q (Q) (Q) − k xk y η(xk)η(y) S 1 (y,X ) = σBES(y,X ) − (3.97) 1 Q 1 1 · x+ y η˜(x )˜η(y) " y−x+ k − k # Yk=1 − k − η(X(Q)) η(y) Q = σ (y,X(Q))S (y,X(Q)) , BES BDS η˜(X(Q)) η˜(y) Q 1 (Q) AB1 Q (Q) (Q) η(X ) η(y) S 1 (y,X ) = σ (y,X ) , (3.98) 1 Q BES η˜(X(Q)) η˜(y) where the BDS S-matrix is defined by 1 + 1 + − x y − y x − SBDS(y, x) 1 + − . (3.99) ≡ 1 − · x y − y x+ − − The spectral parameter X(Q) for the DGM is defined by ip/2 (Q) e± 2 2 2 p (θ ip)/2 X ± = Q + Q + 16g sin e ± , (3.100) 4g sin p 2 ≡ 2 r where we introduce θ defined by θ Q sinh p . (3.101) 2 ≡ 4g sin 2 The frame factors η andη ˜ are given by [73] η(x ) η(x ) 1 = 2 = 1 (3.102) η˜(x1) η˜(x2) for the spin-chain frame and + η(x1) x2 η(x2) x1− = , = + (3.103) η˜(x1) sx2− η˜(x2) sx1 for the string frame. Symmetric DGM state The classical two spins solution is a symmetric DGM configuration for both of S2 sub- spaces. Corresponding L¨uscher formula is given by Eq.(3.94) with MA = MB = 1, which can be much simplified as 4 ∗ ǫ′ (p1) b1 b1 ˜ Fb iq˜ L Q AA Q AB Q δEµ = i ( 1) e− 1 Res S 1 (q∗,p1) S 1 (q∗,p2) ∗ ∗ b Q b Q˜ − − − ǫ1′ (˜q∗) q =˜q Xb=1 ǫ′ (p2) 1 1 Q˜ AAb Q˜ ABb Q + 1 Res S b1 (q∗,p2) S b1 (q∗,p1) . (3.104) − ǫ (˜q ) q∗=˜q∗ Q˜ Q 1′ ∗ ! ) 77 As mentioned earlier, only the two cases of b = 1, 2 contributes equally in the sum of Eq.(3.104) since these elements contain a1. Instead of the summation, we can multiply a factor 2 for the case of b = 1. In that case, we can compute easily each term using the S-matrix elements (3.97) and (3.98). Furthermore, we restrict ourselves for the case where the two DGMs are symmetric in both spheres, namely, p1 = p2 and Q = Q˜. This leads to 1 1 iq˜∗L ǫQ′ (p) AA1 Q AB1 Q δEµ = 4ie− 1 Res S 11 (q∗,p) S 11 (q∗,p). (3.105) − − ǫ (˜q ) q∗=˜q∗ Q Q 1′ ∗ Explicit computations of each factor in (3.105) are exactly the same as those in [76]. There (Q) are two types of poles of SBDS(y,X ). The s-channel pole which describe (Q + 1)-DGM (Q)+ + (Q)+ arises at y− = X while the t-channel pole for (Q 1)-DGM (for Q 2) at y = X . − ≥ We consider the s-channel pole first. Using the location of the pole, we can find i iq˜∗L L q˜∗ = e− exp . (3.106) − p iθ → ≈ − p iθ 2g sin −2 " 2g sin −2 # From Eq.(3.94), one can also obtain p p iθ ǫQ′ (p) sin 2 sin −2 1 θ . (3.107) − ǫ1′ (˜q∗) ≈ cosh 2 Furthermore, one can notice from Eqs.(3.97) and (3.98) 1 1 1 AA1 Q AB1 Q 1 Q Res S 11 (q∗,p) S 11 (q∗,p) = Res SSYM11 (q∗,p) (3.108) q∗=˜q∗ Q Q q∗=˜q∗ Q where SSYM is the S-matrix of the = 4 SYM theory. Explicit evaluation of the residue term becomes in the leading order N ip 2 p θ/2 p (Q) 2 2Q 8ige− sin 2 2e− sin 2 η(X ) η(y) p iθ exp p iθ (Q) . (3.109) − sin − − sin − η˜(X ) η˜(y) 2 " 2 # Combining all these together, we get ip 3 p θ/2 p (Q) 2 2Q 8ge− sin 2 2e− sin 2 L η(X ) η(y) δEµ = θ exp p iθ p iθ (Q) (3.110) − cosh − sin − − 2g sin − η˜(X ) η˜(y) 2 " 2 2 # 3 p iα 2 p 2 θ 32g sin 2 e 2 sin 2 cosh 2 L Q = θ exp 2 p 2 θ −p θ +1 − cosh 2 "−sin 2 + sinh 2 2g sin 2 cosh 2 !# 2 p 2 p 2 p 2 4 p iα 2 sin L + Q2 + 16g2 sin Q2 + 16g2 sin 32g sin 2 e 2 2 2 = exp 4 p . 2 p q 2 2 q − 2 2 − Q + 16g sin 2 Q + 16g sin 2 q 78 The phase factor eiα includes various phases arising in the computation as well as the frame dependence of η. As argued in [76], we will drop this phase assuming that this cancels out with appropriate prescription for the L¨uscher formula. + The t-channel pole at y+ = X(Q) gives exactly the same contribution up to a phase factor. Therefore, combining together, we finally obtain the finite-size effect of the two symmetric DGM configuration as follows: 2 p 2 p 2 p 2 4 p 2 sin L + Q2 + 16g2 sin Q2 + 16g2 sin 64g sin 2 2 2 2 δEµ = exp 4 p . 2 p q 2 2 q − 2 2 − Q + 16g sin 2 Q + 16g sin 2 q This is exactly what we have derived in Eq.(3.91) if we identify J1 = L, J2 = Q and g = λ/2. p 3.1.4 Finite-size dyonic giant magnons in TsT-transformed AdS S5 5 × Investigations on AdS/CFT duality for the cases with reduced or without supersymme- try is of obvious interest and importance. An interesting example of such correspondence between gauge and string theory models with reduced supersymmetry is provided by an exactly marginal deformation of = 4 SYM theory [77] and string theory on a β-deformed 5 N AdS5 S background suggested in [78]. When β γ is real, the deformed background × 5 ≡ can be obtained from AdS5 S by the so-called TsT transformation. It includes T-duality on one angle variable, a shift× of another isometry variable, then a second T-duality on the first angle [78, 79]. Taking into account that the five-sphere has three isometric coordi- nates, one can consider generalization of the above procedure, consisting of chain of three TsT transformations. The result is a regular three-parameter deformation of AdS S5 5 × string background, dual to a non-supersymmetric deformation of = 4 SYM [79], which is conformal in the planar limit to any order of perturbation theoryN [80]. The action for this γi-deformed (i =1, 2, 3) gauge theory can be obtained from the initial one after replacement of the usual product with associative -product [78, 79, 81]. ∗ An essential property of the TsT transformation is that it preserves the classical inte- grability of string theory on AdS S5 [79]. The γ-dependence enters only through the 5 × twisted boundary conditions and the level-matching condition. The last one is modified since 5 a closed string in the deformed background corresponds to an open string on AdS5 S in general. × The finite-size correction to the GM energy-charge relation, in the γ-deformed background, has been found in [82], by using conformal gauge and the string sigma model reduced to 3 Rt S . For the deformed case, this is the smallest consistent reduction due to the twisted boundary× conditions. It turns out that even for the three-parameter deformation, the reduced 3 model depends only on one of them - γ3. As far as there are two isometry angles φ1, φ2 on S , the solution can carry two non-vanishing angular momenta J1, J2. Then, the GM is an open 79 string solution with only one charge J = 0. The momentum p of the magnon excitation 1 6 in the corresponding spin chain is identified with the angular difference ∆φ1 between the end-points of the string. The other angle satisfies the following twisted boundary conditions [82] ∆φ =2π(n γ J ), 2 2 − 3 1 where n2 is an integer winding number of the string in the second isometry direction of the 3 deformed sphere Sγ . An interesting extension of this study is the dyonic giant magnon. This state corresponds to bound states of the fundamental magnons and stable even in the deformed theory. Un- derstanding its string theory analog in the strong coupling limit can be helpful to extend the AdS/CFT duality to the deformed theories. 5 In [20] we investigated dyonic giant magnons propagating on γ-deformed AdS5 S by Neumann-Rosochatius reduction method with twisted boundary conditions. We compute× finite-size effect of the dispersion relations of dyonic giant magnons, which generalizes the previously known case of the giant magnons with one angular momentum found by Bykov and Frolov. The bosonic part of the Green-Schwarz action for strings on the γ-deformed AdS S5 5 × γ reduced to R S5 can be written as (the common radius R of AdS and S5 is set to 1) [83] t × γ 5 γ T S = dτdσ √ γγab ∂ t∂ t + ∂ r ∂ r + Gr2∂ ϕ ∂ ϕ (3.111) − 2 − − a b a i b i i a i b i Z2 2 2 + Gr1r2r3 (ˆγi∂aϕi)(ˆγj∂bϕj) 2G ǫab γˆ r2r2∂ ϕ ∂ ϕ +ˆγ r2r2∂ ϕ ∂ ϕ +ˆγ r2r2∂ ϕ ∂ ϕ , − 3 1 2 a 1 b 2 1 2 3 a 2 b 3 2 3 1 a 3 b 1 5 where ϕi are the three isometry angles of the deformed Sγ , and 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 ri =1, G− =1+ˆγ3r1r2 +ˆγ1r2r3 +ˆγ2r1r3. (3.112) i=1 X The deformation parametersγ ˆi are related to γi which appear in the dual gauge theory as follows γˆi =2πTγi = √λγi. Whenγ ˆi =γ ˆ this becomes the supersymmetric background of [78], and the deformation parameter γ enters the = 1 SYM superpotential in the following way N iπγ iπγ W tr e Φ Φ Φ e− Φ Φ Φ . ∝ 1 2 3 − 1 3 2 5 By using the TsT transformations which map the string theory on AdS5 S to the 5 × γi-deformed theory, one can relate the angle variables φi on S to the angles ϕi of the γi-deformed geometry [79]: 2 2 p = π , r φ′ = r (ϕ′ 2πǫ γ p ) , i =1, 2, 3, (3.113) i i i i i i − ijk j k 80 where pi, πi are the momenta conjugated to φi, ϕi respectively, and the summation is over j, k. The equality pi = πi implies that the charges Ji = dσpi Z are invariant under the TsT transformation. If none of the variables ri is vanishing on a given string solution, from (3.113) one gets φ′ = ϕ′ 2πǫ γ p . i i − ijk j k Integrating the above equations and taking into account that for a closed string in the γ-deformed background ∆ϕ = ϕ (r) ϕ ( r)=2πn , n Z, i i − i − i i ∈ 5 one finds the twisted boundary conditions for the angles φi on the original S space ∆φ = φ (r) φ ( r)=2π (n ν ) , ν = ε γ J . i i − i − i − i i ijk j k It is obvious that if the twists νi are not integer, then a closed string on the deformed background is mapped to an open string on AdS S5. 5 × As we already explained, instead of considering strings on the γ-deformed background 5 5 AdS5 Sγ , we can consider strings on the original AdS5 S space, but with twisted boundary conditions.× Actually, here we are interested in string× configurations living in the R S3 t × subspace, which can be described by the NR integrable system. Afer the NR reduction one obtains the following expressions for the conserved charges κ r (1 v2)w χmax dχ = dξ = − , 2 E α r √1 u χmin (χmax χ)(χ χmin)(χ χn) Z− − Z − − − 1 χmax [1 v2 (w2 u2j) χ] dχ 1 = − p − − , (3.114) 2 J √1 u χ (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) − Z min max − − min − n u χmax (χ v2j) dχ 2 = p − , 2 J √1 u χ (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) − Z min max − − min − n and for the angular differences p p = ∆φ = φ (r) φ ( r), δ = ∆φ = φ (r) φ ( r)=2π (n γ J ) . 1 1 − 1 − 2 2 − 2 − 2 − 3 1 r r 2 2 βω1 w u j ′ p = dξf1 = 2 2 1 −2 dξ (3.115) r α (1 v ) r − r1 Z− − Z− v χmax w2 u2j dχ = − 1 , 2 √1 u χ 1 χ − (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) − Z min − max − − min − n p 81 r r βω2 j ′ δ = dξf2 = 2 2 1 2 dξ (3.116) r α (1 v ) r − r2 Z− − Z− uv χmax j dχ = 1 . 2 √1 u χ χ − (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) − Z min max − − min − n p By using that χmax dχ 2 = K(1 ǫ), χ (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) √χmax χn − Z min max − − min − n − χmax χdχ p χ (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) Z min max − − min − n 2χ = pn K(1 ǫ)+2√χ χ E(1 ǫ), √χ χ − max − n − max − n χmax dχ 2 χ = Π 1 min 1 ǫ , χ χ (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) χmax√χmax χn − χmax | − Z min max − − min − n − χmax dχ p χ (1 χ) (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) Z min − max − − min − n 2 χ χ = p Π max − min 1 ǫ , (1 χ ) √χ χ − 1 χ | − − max max − n − max where χ χ ǫ = min − n , χ χ max − n from (3.114), (3.115) and (3.116) one finds 4˜κ = K(1 ǫ), E (1 χ )(1 v˜2) − − n − 4˜κ v2 1 =p ω(1 χn) (1 + νA2) K(1 ǫ) J (1 v2) (1 χ )(1 v˜2) − − ω − − − n − ω(1 χ )(1 v˜2)E(1 ǫ) , − − n p− − 4˜κ 2 2 = v A2 + νχn) K(1 ǫ) (3.117) 2 2 J (1 v ) (1 χn)(1 v˜ ) − − 2− − + ν(1 χn)(1p v˜ )E(1 ǫ) , − − − 2 4˜κv 1+ νA2 v˜ 1 p = 2 Π −2 (1 ǫ) 1 ǫ ωK(1 ǫ) , (1 v2) (1 χ )(1 v˜2) ω(1 χn)˜v v˜ − | − − − − − n − − p 2˜κv A2 1 χn δ = Π − (1 ǫ) 1 ǫ − 2 2 2 v˜2 v˜2 − | − (1 v ) (1 χn)(1 v˜ ) "(1 v˜ ) 1+ χn 1 v˜2 1+ χn 1 v˜2 ! − − − − − − + νK(1 ǫ)] , − p 1 v2 κ˜ = − . 2√ω2 ν2 − 82 In the above equalities we introduced the new parameters 1 χ χ χ v˜2 = − max , ǫ = min − n 1 χ χ χ − n max − n instead of χmax and χmin. In order to obtain the finite-size correction to the energy-charge relation, we have to consider the limit ǫ 0 in (3.117). For the parameters in (3.117), we make the following → ansatz v = v0 + v1ǫ + v2ǫ log(ǫ), v˜ =v ˜0 +˜v1ǫ +˜v2ǫ log(ǫ), ω =1+ ω1ǫ, ν = ν0 + ν1ǫ + ν2ǫ log(ǫ), A2 = A21ǫ, χn = χn1ǫ. (3.118) We insert all these expansions into (3.117) and impose the conditions: 1. p - finite 2. - finite J2 2√1 v2 ν2 (1 v2 ν2)3/2 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 3. 1 = 1 ν2 2(1 ν2) cos(Φ)ǫ E−J − 0 − − 0 From the first two conditions, we obtain the relations 2 2 2 2 2v0 1 v0 ν0 v0 2ν0 1 v0 ν0 p = arcsin − − , v˜0 = , 2 = − − , (3.119) 2 2 2 1 ν0 ! 1 ν0 J 1 ν0 p − − p − as well as six more equations. The third conditionp gives another two equations for the coefficients in (3.118). Thus, we have a system of eight equations, from which we can find all remaining coefficients in (3.118), except A21. A21 can be found from the equation for δ to be (1 v2 ν2)3/2 A = Λ − 0 − 0 sin(Φ), 21 − v (1 ν2) 0 − 0 where Λ is constant with respect to Φ (actually, Λ can be fixed to 1). The equations (3.119) are solved by sin(p) 2 v0 = , v˜0 = cos(p/2), ν0 = J . (3.120) 2 + 4 sin2(p/2) 2 + 4 sin2(p/2) J2 J2 Replacing (3.120)p into the solutions for the other coefficients,p one can obtain the expressions for the remaining parameters in terms of physical quantities. To the leading order, the equation for gives J1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 + 2 + 4 sin (p/2) 2 + 4 sin (p/2) sin (p/2) ǫ = 16 exp J J J . − p 2 + 4 sinp4(p/2) J2 83 Accordingly, to the leading order again, the equation for δ reads √λ + 2 + 4 sin2(p/2) 2π n γ + J1 J2 sin(p)=ΛΦ. (3.121) 2 − 3 2π J1 J2 2 + 4 sin4(p/2) ! Jp2 Finally, the dispersion relation, including the leading finite-size correction, takes the form 4 2 2 16 sin (p/2) 1 = 2 + 4 sin (p/2) cos(Φ) (3.122) E−J J − 2 + 4 sin2(p/2) q J2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 + 2 + 4 sin (p/p2) 2 + 4 sin (p/2) sin (p/2) exp J J J . − p 2 + 4 sinp4(p/2) J2 For = 0, (3.122) reduces to the result found in [82]8. J2 3.1.5 Finite-size giant magnons on AdS CP 3 4 × γ In [23] we investigated finite-size giant magnons propagating on γ-deformed AdS CP 3 type 4 × γ IIA string theory background, dual to one parameter deformation of the = 6 super Chern- Simoms-matter theory (ABJM theory) [68]. The resulting theory has N= 2 supersymmetry and the modified superpotential is [84] N iπγ/2 iπγ/2 W Tr e− A B A B e A B A B . (3.123) γ ∝ 1 1 2 2 − 1 2 2 1 Here the chiral superfields Ai, Bi, (i = 1, 2) represent the matter part of the theory. As in the = 4 SYM case, the marginality of the deformation translates into the fact that N 3 AdS4 part of the background is untouched. Taking into account that CP has three iso- metric coordinates, one can consider a chain of three TsT transformations. The result is 3 a regular three-parameter deformation of AdS4 CP string background, dual to a non- supersymmetric deformation of ABJM theory, which× reduces to the supersymmetric one by putting γ1 = γ2 = 0 and γ3 = γ [84]. The dispersion relation for the GM in the γ-deformed AdS CP 3 background, carrying 4 × γ two nonzero angular momenta, has been found in [85]. Here we are interested in obtaining the finite-size correction to it. Analyzing the finite-size effect on the dispersion relation, we found that it is modified compared to the undeformed case, acquiring γ dependence. 8We want to point out that our result is different from [82] which has extra cos3(p/4) in the denominator of the phase Φ. 84 Let us first write down the deformed background. It is given by [84]9 2 2 1 2 2 ds = R ds + ds 3 , IIA 4 AdS4 CPγ 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 ds 3 = dψ + G sin ψ cos ψ cos θ1dφ1 cos θ2dφ2 + dφ3 CPγ 2 − 2 1 1 + cos2 ψ dθ2 + G sin2 θ dφ2 + sin2 ψ dθ2 + G sin2 θ dφ2 4 1 1 1 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 +˜γG sin ψ cos ψ sin θ1 sin θ2dφ3, B = R2γG˜ sin2 ψ cos2 ψ 2 − 1 1 cos2 ψ sin2 θ cos θ dφ dφ + sin2 ψ sin2 θ cos θ dφ dφ × 2 1 2 3 ∧ 1 2 2 1 3 ∧ 2 1 + sin2 θ sin2 θ + cos2 ψ sin2 θ cos2 θ + sin2 ψ sin2 θ cos2 θ dφ dφ , 4 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 ∧ 2 where 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 G− =1+˜γ sin ψ cos ψ sin θ1 sin θ2 + cos ψ sin θ1 cos θ2 + sin ψ sin θ2 cos θ1 . R2 The deformation parameter γ ˜ above is given byγ ˜ = 4 γ, where γ appears in the dual field theory superpotential (3.123). Further on, we restrict our attention to the R RP 3 subspace of AdS CP 3, where t × γ 4 × γ θ1 = θ2 = π/2, φ3 = 0, and 1 G G ds2 = R2 dt2 + dψ2 + cos2 ψdφ2 + sin2 ψdφ2 , −4 4 1 4 2 R2 B = b dφ dφ = γG˜ sin2 ψ cos2 ψdφ dφ , 2 φ1φ2 1 ∧ 2 − 4 1 ∧ 2 1 2 2 2 G− =1+˜γ sin ψ cos ψ. To find the string solutions we are interested in, we use the ansatz (j =1, 2) t(τ, σ)= κτ, ψ(τ, σ)= ψ(ξ), φj(τ, σ)= ωjτ + fj(ξ), (3.124) ξ = ασ + βτ, κ,ωj,α,β = constants. It leads to reduction of the string dynamics to the one of the γ-deformed NR system. The string Lagrangian becomes (prime is used for d/dξ) 2 2 2 T R 2 2 2 G 2 βω1 G 2 βω2 = (α β ) ψ′ + cos ψ f ′ + sin ψ f ′ Ls − 2 − 4 1 − α2 β2 4 2 − α2 β2 " − − 2 Gα αγG˜ ω f ′ ω f ′ ω2 cos2 ψ + ω2 sin2 ψ + sin2 ψ cos2 ψ 1 2 − 2 1 , (3.125) − 4(α2 β2)2 1 2 2 α2 β2 − − 9 There are also nontrivial dilaton and fluxes F2, F4, but since the fundamental string does not interact with them at the classical level, we do not need to know the corresponding expressions. 85 while the Virasoro constraints acquire the form 2 2 G 2 2 2βω1 ω1 ψ′ + cos ψ f ′ + f ′ + 4 1 α2 + β2 1 α2 + β2 2 2 G 2 2 2βω2 ω2 κ /4 + sin ψ f ′ + f ′ + = , (3.126) 4 2 α2 + β2 2 α2 + β2 α2 + β2 2 G 2 2 ω1 G 2 2 ω2 ψ′ + cos ψ f ′ + f ′ + sin ψ f ′ + f ′ =0. 4 1 β 1 4 2 β 2 The equations of motion for fj(ξ) following from (3.125) can be integrated once to give 1 C1 2 f ′ = + βω +˜γ (αω +˜γC ) sin ψ , (3.127) 1 α2 β2 cos2 ψ 1 2 1 − 1 C2 2 f ′ = + βω γ˜ (αω γC˜ ) cos ψ , 2 α2 β2 sin2 ψ 2 − 1 − 2 − where Cj are constants. Replacing (3.127) into (3.126), one can rewrite the Virasoro con- straints as 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 C1 C2 ψ′ = (α + β )κ (3.128) 4(α2 β2)2 − cos2 ψ − sin2 ψ − " 2 2 2 2 (αω1 γC˜ 2) cos ψ (αω2 +˜γC1) sin ψ , − − − # 2 ω1C1 + ω2C2 + βκ =0. (3.129) Let us point out that (3.128) is the first integral of the equation of motion for ψ. Integrating (3.127) and (3.128), one can find string solutions with very different properties. Particular examples are (dyonic) giant magnons and single-spike strings. In the case at hand, the background metric does not depend on t and φj. The corre- sponding conserved quantities are the string energy Es and two angular momenta Jj, given by T R2 κ E = dξ, (3.130) s 4 α Z T R2 1 β J = dξ C +(αω γC˜ ) cos2 ψ , 1 4 α2 β2 α 1 1 − 2 − Z T R2 1 β J = dξ C +(αω +˜γC ) sin2 ψ . 2 4 α2 β2 α 2 2 1 − Z Let us remind that the relation between the string tension T and the t’Hooft coupling constant λ for the = 6 super Chern-Simoms-matter theory is given by N T R2 =2√2λ. 86 If we introduce the variable χ = cos2 ψ, and use (3.129), the first integral (3.128) can be rewritten as 2 2 2 Ω2 (1 u ) χ′ = − (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ), α2(1 v2)2 p − − m − n − where 2 (1 + v2)W u2 χ + χ + χ = − − , p m n 1 u2 1− (1 + v2)W +(vW uK)2 K2 χ χ + χ χ + χ χ = − − − , (3.131) p m p n m n 1 u2 − K2 χ χ χ = , p m n −1 u2 − and β Ω κ 2 C v = , u = 1 , W = , K = 1 , −α Ω Ω αΩ 2 2 2 C C Ω = ω 1 γ˜ 2 , Ω = ω 1+˜γ 1 . 1 1 − αω 2 2 αω 1 2 We are interested in the case 0 < χm <χ<χp < 1, χn < 0, which corresponds to the finite-size giant magnons. In terms of the newly introduced variables, the conserved quantities (3.130) and the angular differences p ∆φ = φ (r) φ ( r), p ∆φ = φ (r) φ ( r), (3.132) 1 ≡ 1 1 − 1 − 2 ≡ 2 2 − 2 − transform to 2 Es (1 v )√W K(1 ǫ) 2 = − − , (3.133) E ≡ T R √1 u2 √χp χn − − J1 1 uχn vK 1 2 = − K(1 ǫ)+ u χp χnE(1 ǫ) , (3.134) J ≡ T R √1 u2 √χp χn − − − − − J2 1 1 χn v (vW uK) p 2 2 = − − − K(1 ǫ) (3.135) J ≡ T R √1 u2 √χp χn − − h − χ χ E(1 ǫ) , − p − n − p i 87 4 p1 = (3.136) √1 u2 − K χm K(1 ǫ) Π 1 1 ǫ [uv +˜γv (vW uK) γ˜ (1 χn)] − × χ √χ χ − χ | − − − − − √χ χ ( p p − n p p − n γ˜ χp χnE(1 ǫ) , − − − ) p 4 p2 = (3.137) √1 u2 − vW uK χp χm K(1 ǫ) − Π − 1 ǫ [v (1 γK˜ )+˜γuχn] − × (1 χ )√χ χ − 1 χ | − − − √χ χ ( − p p − n − p p − n γu˜ χp χnE(1 ǫ) , − − − ) p where ǫ is given by χ χ ǫ = m − n . (3.138) χ χ p − n From (3.133)-(3.135) one can see that the conserved charges are not affected by the γ- deformation as it should be. Only the angular differences are shifted. Further on, we will consider the case when , and p are large, while , and E J2 1 E−J2 J1 p2 are finite. To this end, we will introduce appropriate expansions. Expansions In order to find the leading finite-size correction to the energy-charge relation, we have to consider the limit ǫ 0 in (3.131), (3.133)-(3.138)). We will use the following ansatz for → the parameters (χp, χm, χn,v,u,W,K) χp = χp0 +(χp1 + χp2 log(ǫ)) ǫ, χm = χm0 +(χm1 + χm2 log(ǫ)) ǫ, χn = χn0 +(χn1 + χn2 log(ǫ)) ǫ, v = v0 +(v1 + v2 log(ǫ)) ǫ, (3.139) u = u0 +(u1 + u2 log(ǫ)) ǫ, W = W0 +(W1 + W2 log(ǫ)) ǫ, K = K0 +(K1 + K2 log(ǫ)) ǫ. A few comments are in order. To be able to reproduce the dispersion relation for the infinite- size giant magnons, we set χm0 = χn0 = K0 =0, W0 =1. (3.140) 88 Also to reproduce the undeformed case [69] in theγ ˜ 0 limit, we need to fix → χm2 = χn2 = W2 = K2 =0. (3.141) Replacing (3.139) into (3.131) and (3.138), one finds six equations for the coefficients in the expansions of χp, χm, χn and W . They are solved by v2 χ =1 0 , (3.142) p0 − 1 u2 − 0 v0 2 2 2 χp1 = 2 2 2 2 2v0u0(1 v0)(1 v0 u0)u1 (1 v0)(1 u0)(1 v0 u0) − − − − − − − − n +2 1 u2 (1 v2 u2) K u (1 + v2) (1 v2)v − 0 − 0 − 0 1 0 0 − − 0 1 +v (1 v2 2u2) (1 u2 v2)4 4K2(1 u2)2(1 u2 v2) , 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 1 − 0 − 0 − 0 q o v2 +(v0u2 u0v2)u0 χp2 = 2v0 − − (1 u2)2 − 0 u4 2u2(1 v2)+(1 v2)2 + (1 u2 v2)4 4K2(1 u2)2(1 u2 v2) χ = 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 1 − 0 − 0 − 0 , m1 2(1 u2)(1 v2 u2) −p 0 − 0 − 0 u4 2u2(1 v2)+(1 v2)2 (1 u2 v2)4 4K2(1 u2)2(1 u2 v2) χ = 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − − 0 − 0 − 1 − 0 − 0 − 0 , n1 − 2(1 u2)(1 v2 u2) −p 0 − 0 − 0 2K u v (1 u2)+ (1 u2 v2)4 4K2(1 u2)2(1 u2 v2) W = 1 0 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 1 − 0 − 0 − 0 . 1 − (1 u2)(1 v2) p − 0 − 0 As a next step, we impose the conditions for , p to be independent of ǫ. By expanding J1 2 r.h.s. of (3.134), (3.266) in ǫ, one gets u 1 v2 u2 = 0 − 0 − 0 , (3.143) J1 1 u2 p − 0 2v 1 v2 u2 1 v2 u2 p = 2 arcsin 0 − 0 − 0 4˜γu − 0 − 0 , (3.144) 2 1 u2 − 0 1 u2 p − 0 ! p − 0 along with four more equations from the coefficients of ǫ and ǫ log ǫ. The equalities (3.143), (3.144) lead to sin Ψ 1 v0 = , u0 = J , p2 = 2(Ψ 2˜γ 1) , (3.145) 2 2 + sin2(Ψ/2) 2 + sin2(Ψ/2) − J J1 J1 where the anglep Ψ is defined as p 2v 1 v2 u2 Ψ = arcsin 0 − 0 − 0 . 1 u2 p − 0 ! 89 After the replacement of (3.142) into the remaining four equations, they can be solved with respect to v1, v2, u1, u2, leading to the following form of the dispersion relation in the considered approximation 1 v2 u2 1 (1 v2 u2)3 4K2(1 u2)2 = − 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 1 − 0 ǫ. (3.146) E−J2 1 u2 − 4 1 u2 p − 0 p − 0 To the leading order, the expansion for gives J2 2 v2 ǫ = 16 exp 1 0 + 1 v2 u2 . (3.147) −1 v2 − 1 u2 J2 − 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 q By using (3.145) and (3.147), (3.146) can be rewritten as 8 2 2 sin (Ψ/2) 2 2 = 1 + sin (Ψ/2) 4 2 2 4K1 (3.148) E−J J − s 1 + sin (Ψ/2) − q J 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 1 + sin (Ψ/2) 1 + sin (Ψ/2) sin (Ψ/2) exp J J J . − p 2 + sin p4(Ψ/2) J1 The parameter K1 in (3.148) can be related to the angular difference p1. To see that, let us consider the leading order in the ǫ-expansion for it: χp0 4K1 arctan 1 χm1 − p1 = (1 u2)χ χq(χ χ ) − 0 p0 m1 p0 − m1 2 2 p u0v0 log(16) +γ ˜ 2χp0 (1 v ) log(16) (3.149) − (1 u2)χ − − 0 − 0 p0 2 +p u v γ˜(1 v2) log(ǫ). 2 0 0 0 (1 u0)χp0 − − − So, it is natural to introducep the angle Φ as Φ χ = arctan p0 1. (3.150) 2 χ − r m1 On the solution for the other parameters this gives 2 2 3/2 4 (1 v0 u0) sin (Ψ/2) K1 = − − sin(Φ) = sin(Φ). (3.151) 2 2 2 2(1 u0) 2 + sin (Ψ/2) − J1 As a result, the relation (3.149) between the anglesp p1 and Φ becomes p sin Ψ sin Ψ 2 + sin2(Ψ/2) Φ= 1 2˜γ + J1 , (3.152) 2 − −J1 2 + sin4(Ψ/2) J2 J1 2 + sin4(Ψ/2) J1 Jp1 90 where due to the periodicity condition we should set p =2πn , n Z. 1 1 1 ∈ Finally, in view of (3.151), the dispersion relation (3.148) for the dyonic giant magnons acquires the form 4 2 2 4 sin (Ψ/2) 2 = 1 + sin (Ψ/2) cosΦ (3.153) E−J J − 2 + sin2(Ψ/2) q J1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 + 1 + sin (Ψ/p2) 1 + sin (Ψ/2) sin (Ψ/2) exp J J J . − p 2 + sin p4(Ψ/2) J1 Based on the L¨uscher µ-term formula for the undeformed case [19], we propose to identify the angle Ψ = p2 +2˜γ with the momentum p of the magnon exitations in the dual spin 2 J1 chain. Let us point out that (3.153) has the same form as the dispersion relation for dyonic giant 3 5 magnons on Rt Sγ subspace of the γ-deformed AdS5 S [19]. Actually, the two energy- charge relations× coincide after appropriate normalization× of the charges and after exchange of the indices 1 and 2. The only remaining difference is in the first terms in the expressions for the angle Φ: p R RP 3 :Φ= 1 + ... t × γ 2 R S3 :Φ= p + .... t × γ 2 All of the above results simplify a lot when one consider giant magnons with one angular momentum, i.e. = 0. In particular, the energy-charge relation (3.153) reduces to J1 p p 2 p 2 2 2 csc = sin 1 4 sin cos(πn 2˜γ ) e− − J 2 . (3.154) E−J2 2 − 2 1 − J2 h i 3.1.6 String solutions in AdS S3 T 4 with NS-NS B-field 3 × × In [29] we developed an approach for solving the string equations of motion and Virasoro constraints in any background which has some (unfixed) number of commuting Killing vector fields (see the beginning of Section 3.1). It is based on a specific ansatz for the string embedding, which is the one given in (3.4). 3 4 Here, we apply the above mentioned approach for strings moving in AdS3 S T with 2-form NS-NS B-field. We succeeded to find solutions for a large class of string× configurations× 3 on this background. In particular, we derive dyonic giant magnon solutions in the Rt S subspace, and obtain the leading finite-size correction to the dispersion relation. × 91 Strings in AdS S3 T 4 with NS-NS B-field 3 × × The background geometry of this target space can be written in the following form 10: 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 dsAdS3 = (1 + r )dt +(1+ r )− dr + r dφ , btφ = qr , 2 −2 2 2 2 2 2 dsS3 = dθ + sin θdφ1 + cos θdφ2, bφ1φ2 = q cos θ, 2 i 2 − dsT 4 =(dϕ ) , i =1, 2, 3, 4. According to our notations µ i a X = t,φ,φ1,φ2,ϕ , X =(r, θ) , g =(g ,g ,g ,g ,g ) , g =(g ,g ) , g =0, h = g , µν tt φφ φ1φ1 φ2φ2 ij ab rr θθ aµ ab ab bµν =(btφ, bφ1φ2 ), baν =0, Aa =0, (3.155) where tt 1 2 φφ 1 2 φ1φ1 1 2 gtt =(g )− = (1 + r ), gφφ =(g )− = r , gφ1φ1 =(g )− = sin θ, − 1 φ2φ2 1 2 ij − gφ2φ2 =(g )− = cos θ, gij = g = δij, rr 1 2 1 grr =(g )− =(1+ r )− , gθθ =1 , b = qr2, b = q cos2 θ. (3.156) tφ φ1φ2 − µ Since gaµ = 0, the solutions (3.11) for the coordinates X are simplified to 1 Xµ(τ, σ)=Λµτ + X˜ µ(ξ)=Λµτ + dξ [gµν (C αΛρb )+ βΛµ] , (3.157) α2 β2 ν − νρ − Z µν where g and bνρ must be replaced from above. Now, we want to find the solutions for the non-isometric string coordinates Xa. To this end we have to solve the equations (3.12), which in the case at hand reduce to ′′ ′ ′ (α2 β2) g X˜ b +Γ X˜ b X˜ c + ∂ U =0, (3.158) − ab a,bc a b h i bX=r,θ where the scalar potential U in (3.15) is represented as a sum of two parts: Ur = Ur(r) for 3 the AdS3 subspace and Uθ = Uθ(θ) for the S subspace of the background. Taking into account that the metric gab is diagonal, one can find the following two first integrals of (3.158) ′ C 2U X˜ a = a − a . (3.159) (α2 β2)g s − aa 10The common radius R of the three subspaces is set to 1, and q is the parameter used in [86]. 92 It follows from here that dX˜ a dξ = . (3.160) Ca 2Ua 2 − 2 (α β )gaa − q So, we have two different expressions for dξ, which obviously must coincide. This is a condition for self-consistency. It leads to dr dθ = , (3.161) Cr 2Ur C 2U − θ− θ Z grr Z gθθ q q which actually gives implicitly the “orbit” r(θ), i.e. how the radial coordinate r on AdS3 depends on the angle θ in S3. Now, we have to check if the first integrals for X˜ a(ξ) are compatible with the Virasoro ′ constraints (3.16). Replacing X˜ a in the first of them, one finds Cr + Cθ =0. Thus, we found all first integrals of the string equations of motion, compatible with the Virasoro constraints, which reduce to algebraic relations between the embedding parameters and the integration constants. Now, let us give the expressions for the conserved charges (3.17), corresponding to the isometric coordinates. T β Q E = αΛt C q C dξ + α(1 q2)Λt dξr2 ,(3.162) − t ≡ s α2 β2 − α t − φ − − Z Z T β Q S = C + qC + q2αΛφ dξ + (1 q2)αΛφ dξr2 φ ≡ α2 β2 α φ t − − " Z Z dξ qC + q2αΛφ , (3.163) − t 1+ r2 Z # T β Q J = C + αΛφ1 qC dξ (3.164) φ1 ≡ 1 α2 β2 α φ1 − φ2 − " Z (1 q2)αΛφ1 cos2 θdξ , − − Z # T β Q J = C q C + qαΛφ2 dξ φ2 ≡ 2 α2 β2 α φ2 − φ1 − " Z dξ +(1 q2)αΛφ2 cos2 θdξ + q C + qαΛφ2 , − φ1 1 cos2 θ Z Z − # 93 T β Q J T = C + αΛjδ dξ. (3.165) i ≡ i α2 β2 α i ij − Z Here we used the following notations: Es is the string energy, S is the spin in AdS3, J1 and 3 T 4 J2 are the two angular momenta in S , while Ji are the four angular momenta on T . The explicit expressions for the string coordinates, the “orbit” r(θ), and the conserved charges in this background are given in Appendix C. Giant magnon solutions The giant magnon string solution was found in [62]. It is a specific string configuration, 2 5 living in the Rt S subspace of AdS5 S with an angular momentum J1 which goes to . A similar configuration,× dyonic giant magnon,× has been obtained in [60] which moves in R∞ S3 t × subspace with two angular momenta J1, J2 with J1 . These classical configurations have played an important role in understanding exact,→ quantum ∞ aspects of the AdS/CFT correspondence. In particular, corrections due to a large but finite J1 obtained in [66] and [67] can provide a nontrivial check for the exact worldsheet S-matrix. Here we provide similar string solutions in AdS S3 T 4 with NS-NS B-field for a large 3 × × but finite J1. Dyonic giant magnon solution with infinite angular momentum J1 has been constructed in [86] with the following dispersion relation 11 2 2 2 2 ∆φ1 Es J1 = (J2 qT ∆φ1) +4T (1 q ) sin . (3.166) − r − − 2 This relation is already quite different from those for the ordinary (dyonic) giant magnons. We will show that there exist even bigger differences for the finite-size corrections. Exact results In order to consider dyonic giant magnon solutions, we restrict our general ansatz (3.4) in the following way: Xt t = κτ, i.e. Λt = κ, X˜ t(ξ)=0, ≡ Xφ φ =0, i.e. Λφ =0, X˜ φ(ξ)=0 ≡ Xr r = X˜ r(ξ)=0, ≡ Xφ1 φ = ω τ + X˜ φ1 (ξ), i.e. Λφ1 = ω , ≡ 1 1 1 φ2 φ2 φ2 X φ2 = ω2τ + X˜ (ξ), i.e. Λ = ω2, ≡ i Xθ θ = X˜ θ(ξ), Xϕ ϕi =0. ≡ ≡ As a result, we can claim that Ct = βκ, 11The terms proportional to q are due to the nonzero B-field on S3. 94 dX˜ t which comes from dξ = 0. Now, we can rewrite the first integrals for X˜ µ on S3 as dX˜ φ1 1 1 = (C + qαω ) + βω qαω , (3.167) dξ α2 β2 φ1 2 1 χ 1 − 2 − − dX˜ φ2 1 C = φ2 + βω qαω , dξ α2 β2 χ 2 − 1 − where χ = cos2 θ. The first Virasoro constraint, which in the case under consideration is the first integral of the equation of motion for θ, reduces to dχ 2 4 (C + qαω χ)2 = χ(1 χ) (α2 + β2)κ2 φ1 2 (3.168) dξ (α2 β2)2 − − 1 χ − " − 2 (Cφ2 qαω1χ) 2 2 2 2 2 − α (ω2 ω1)χ α ω1 . − χ − − − # Also, the second Virasoro constraint becomes 2 ω1Cφ1 + ω2Cφ2 + βκ =0. (3.169) Taking (3.169) into account, we can rewrite (3.168) as dχ 2 ω2 1 u2 = 4(1 q2) 1 − (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ), (3.170) dξ − α2 (1 v2)2 p − − m − n − where (v2W +(W + u2 2+ q2))+2q (uvW + K(1 u2))) χ + χ + χ = − − − , (3.171) p m n (1 q2)(1 u2) − − (1 + v2) W + K2 (vW uK)2 1+2qK χ χ + χ χ + χ χ = − − − , p m p n m n − (1 q2)(1 u2) − − K2 χ χ χ = , p m n −(1 q2)(1 u2) − − and we introduced the notations β ω κ 2 C v = , u = 2 , W = , K = φ2 . −α ω ω αω 1 1 1 This leads to α 1 v2 dχ dξ = − . (3.172) 2ω1 (1 q2)(1 u2) (χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) − − p − − m − n p p95 Integrating (3.172) and inverting ξ(χ) to χ(ξ) cos2[θ(ξ)], one finds the following explicit solution ≡ 2 2 (1 q )(1 u )(χp χn) χ χ χ =(χ χ ) dn2 − − − ω (σ vτ), p − m + χ . (3.173) p − n 1 v2 1 − χ χ n "p − p − n # Next, we integrate (3.167), and according to our ansatz, obtain that the solutions for the isometric angles on S3 are given by 2 φ1 = ω1τ + (3.174) (1 q2)(1 u2)(χ χ ) − − p − n vW Ku p+ qu χp χ χp χm χp χm − Π arcsin − , − , − 1 χ χ χ − 1 χ χ χ " − p s p − m − p p − n ! χ χ χ χ (v + qu)F arcsin p − , p − m − χ χ χ χ s p − m p − n !# 2 φ2 = ω2τ + (3.175) (1 q2)(1 u2)(χ χ ) − − p − n K p χp χ χm χp χm Π arcsin − , 1 , − χ χ χ − χ χ χ " p s p − m p p − n ! χ χ χ χ (uv + q)F arcsin p − , p − m . − χ χ χ χ s p − m p − n !# By using (3.172), one can find also the conserved quantities, namely, the string energy Es and the two angular momenta J1, J2 : (1 v2)√W Es =2T − K(1 ǫ), (3.176) (1 q2)(1 u2)(χ χ ) − − − p − n p 2T 2 J1 = 1 v W + K(uv q) K(1 ǫ) 2 2 (1 q )(1 u )(χp χn) − − − − − − n 2 (1 pq )[χn K(1 ǫ)+(χp χn) E(1 ǫ)] , (3.177) − − − − − o 2T 2 J2 = (1 q )u [χn K(1 ǫ)+(χp χn) E(1 ǫ)] 2 2 (1 q )(1 u )(χp χn) − − − − − − − n Kv + q (vW Ku)+ q2u K(1 ǫ) (3.178) − p − − vW Ku + qu χ χ +q − Π p − n (1 ǫ), 1 ǫ . 1 χp − 1 χp − − − − o 96 where ǫ is defined as χ χ ǫ = m − n . (3.179) χ χ p − n We will need also the expression for the angular difference ∆φ1. It can be found to be 2 ∆φ1 = (3.180) (1 q2)(1 u2)(χ χ ) − − p − n vW Ku + qu χ χ −p Π p − n (1 ǫ), 1 ǫ (v + qu) K (1 ǫ) . 1 χ − 1 χ − − − − − p − p The expressions (3.176), (3.177), (3.178), (3.180) are for the finite-size dyonic strings living in the R S3 subspace of AdS S3 T 4. t × 3 × × Leading finite-size effect on the dispersion relation In order to find the leading finite-size effect on the dispersion relation, we have to consider the limit ǫ 0, since ǫ = 0 corresponds to the infinite-size case. In this subsection we restrict → 12 ourselves to the particular case when χn = K = 0 . Then the third equation in (3.171) is satisfied identically, while the other two simplify to 2 (1 + v2)W u2 2q(uvW + q ) χ + χ = − − − 2 , (3.181) p m (1 q2)(1 u2) − − (1 W )(1 v2W ) χ χ = − − , p m (1 q2)(1 u2) − − and ǫ becomes χ ǫ = m . (3.182) χp The relevant expansions of the parameters are χp = χp0 +(χp1 + χp2 log(ǫ)) ǫ, W =1+ W1ǫ, v = v0 +(v1 + v2 log(ǫ)) ǫ, u = u0 +(u1 + u2 log(ǫ)) ǫ. (3.183) 12As we will see later on, this choice allow us to reproduce the dispersion relation in the infinite volume limit [86]. 97 Replacing (3.182), (3.183) into (3.181), one finds the following solutions in the small ǫ limit 1 v2 u2 2q(u v + q ) χ = − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 , (3.184) p0 (1 q2)(1 u2) − − 0 v0 + qu0 χp1 = 2 2 2 2 2 −(1 q ) (1 v0)(1 u0) × − − q− 1 v2 u2 2q(u v + ) v3 + qu (1+3v2) v (1 2u2 2q2) − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 0 0 0 − 0 − 0 − h +2(1 q2)(1 v2) (1 u2)v +(u v + q)u − − 0 − 0 1 0 0 1 2 i 2(v0 + qu0)((1 u0)v2 +(u0v0 + q)u2) χp2 = −2 2 2 − (1 q )(1 u0) − − 2 1 v2 u2 2q(u v + q ) W = − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 . 1 − (1 q2)(1 u2)(1 v2) − − 0 − 0 The coefficients in the expansions of v and u, will be obtained by imposing the conditions 5 that J2 and ∆φ1 do not depend on ǫ, as in the cases without B-field (AdS5 S and AdS CP 3) and their T sT -deformations, where the B-field is nonzero, but its contribution× 4 × is different. Expanding (3.178) and (3.180) to the leading order in ǫ (now χn = K = 0), one finds that on the solutions (3.184) 2 2 q u0 1 u0 v0 2q(u0v0 + 2 ) J =2T − − − (3.185) 2 q 1 u2 − 0 1 u2 v2 2q(u v + q ) − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 +q arcsin 2 2 , s (1 q )(1 u0) − − 1 u2 v2 2q(u v + q ) − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 ∆φ1 = 2 arcsin 2 2 , (3.186) s (1 q )(1 u0) − − 1 u2 v2 2q(u v + q ) u = − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 (3.187) 1 4(1 q2)(1 u2) − − 0 u 1 log 16 v2(1 + log 16) 2qv log 16) , × 0 − − 0 − 0 2 2 q 1 u v 2q(u0v0 + ) v = − 0 − 0 − 2 (3.188) 1 4(1 q2)(1 u2)(1 v2) − − 0 − 0 v (1 4q2)(1 log 16) u2(5 log 4096) × 0 − − − 0 − v3 1 log 16 u2(1 + log 16) 4qu 1 log 4 + v2(1 log 64) , −0 − − 0 − 0 − 0 − 98 2 2 2 q (u0(1 + v )+2qv0) 1 u v 2q(u0v0 + ) u = 0 − 0 − 0 − 2 , (3.189) 2 4(1 q2)(1 v2) − − 0 1 u2 v2 2q(u v + q ) v = − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 (3.190) 2 4(1 q2)(1 u2)(1 v2) − − 0 − 0 v 1 v2 u2(3 + v2) 2q u (1+3v2)+2qv . × 0 − 0 − 0 0 − 0 0 0 Now, let us turn to the energy-charge relation. Expanding (3.176) and (3.177) in ǫ and taking into account the solutions (3.184), (3.187) -(3.190), we obtain q 2 2 2 2 q 1 u0 v0 2q(u0v0 + 2 ) 1 u v 2q(u v + ) E J =2T − − − 1 − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 ǫ . (3.191) s − 1 q 1 u2 − 4(1 q2) − 0 − The expression for ǫ can be found from the expansion of J1. To the leading order, it is given by q 2 2 2 2 q J 1 u0 v0 2q(u0v0 + 2 ) 1 u v 2q(u v + ) ǫ = 16 exp 1 − − − 2 − 0 − 0 − 0 0 2 . (3.192) − T q 1 v2 − (1 v2)(1 u2) − 0 − 0 − 0 Next, we would like to express the right hand side of (3.191) in terms of J2 and ∆φ1. To this end, we solve (3.185), (3.186) with respect to u0, v0. The result is J2 qT ∆φ1 u0 = − , (3.193) (J qT ∆φ )2 + 4(1 q2)T 2 sin2 ∆φ1 2 − 1 − 2 2 qT (1 q ) sin ∆φ1 q(J qT ∆φ1) v0 = − − − . (3.194) (J qT ∆φ )2 + 4(1 q2)T 2 sin2 ∆φ1 2 − 1 − 2 q Replacing (3.193), (3.194) into (3.191), (3.192), one finds 2 2 2 2 ∆φ1 Es J1 = (J2 qT ∆φ1) + 4(1 q )T sin (3.195) − r − − 2 (1 q2)T 2 sin4 ∆φ1 1 − 2 ǫ , − (J qT ∆φ )2 + 4(1 q2)T 2 sin2 ∆φ1 2 − 1 − 2 ! where ∆φ ∆φ ∆φ 2 J + (J −qT ∆φ )2+4(1−q2)T 2 sin2 1 (J −qT ∆φ )2+4(1−q2)T 2 sin2 1 sin2 1 1 √ 2 1 2 √ 2 1 2 2 − − 2 2 4 ∆φ1 − q ǫ = 16 e (J2 qT ∆φ1) +4T sin 2 +2qT sin ∆φ1((J2 qT ∆φ1)+ 2 T sin ∆φ1) . (3.196) 99 Our result 13 matches with that of [86] in (3.166) when we take ǫ 0 limit by sending J . This dispersion relation is different from the ordinary giant magnon’s→ one. 1 →∞ The dispersion relation for the ordinary giant magnon with one nonzero angular momen- tum cam be obtained by setting J2 = 1 and taking the limit T . To take into account →∞ J1 the leading finite-size effect only, we restrict ourselves to the case when T >> 1. The result is the following: p (1 q2) sin4 p E J = T p2q2 + 4(1 q2) sin2 1 − 2 ǫ , (3.197) s − 1 − 2 − p2q2 + 4(1 q2) sin2 p r − 2 where 2 J p ǫ = 16 exp − 1 + p2q2 + 4(1 q2) sin2 q2(p sin p)2 + 4 sin4 p T − 2 − 2 r p p p2q2 + 4(1 q2) sin2 sin2 . − 2 2 r Our results on the leading finite-size correction to the dispersion relation can provide an important check for the exact integrability conjecture and S-matrix elements based on it. 3.1.7 Finite-size giant magnons on η-deformed AdS S5 5 × 5 A new integrable deformation of the type IIB AdS5 S superstring action, depending on one real parameter η, has been found recently in [88].× The bosonic part of the superstring sigma model Lagrangian on this η-deformed background was determined in [89]. Then the authors of [89] used it to compute the perturbative S-matrix of bosonic particles in the model. Interesting new developments were made in [90]. There the spectrum of a string moving on η-deformed AdS S5 is considered. This is done by treating the corresponding worldsheet 5 × theory as integrable field theory. In particular, it was found that the dispersion relation for the infinite-size giant magnons [62] on this background, in the large string tension limit g is given by →∞ 2g 1+˜η2 p E = arcsinh η˜sin , (3.198) η˜ 2 p whereη ˜ is related to the deformation parameter η according to 2η η˜ = . (3.199) 1 η2 − 13Eqs.(3.195) and (3.196) have been confirmed by an independent analysis based on algebraic curve method [87] after our result has been appeared in the arXiv. 100 Here, we are going to extend the result (3.198) to the case of finite-size giant magnons [30]. String Lagrangian and background fields The bosonic part of the string Lagrangian on the η-deformed AdS S5 found in [89] L 5 × is given by a sum of the Lagrangians a and s, for the AdS and sphere subspaces. Since there is nonzero B-field on both subspaces,L whichL leads to the appearance of Wess-Zumino terms, these Lagrangians can be further decomposed as = Lg + LWZ , = Lg + LWZ, (3.200) La a a Ls s s where the superscript “g” is related to the dependence on the background metric. The explicit expressions for the Lagrangians in (3.200) are as follows [89] T (1 + ρ2)∂ t∂ t ∂ ρ∂ ρ ρ2∂ ζ∂ ζ Lg = γαβ α β + α β + α β (3.201) a − 2 − 1 η˜2ρ2 (1 + ρ2)(1 η˜2ρ2) 1+˜η2ρ4 sin2 ζ − − ρ2 cos2 ζ ∂ ψ ∂ ψ + α 1 β 1 + ρ2 sin2 ζ ∂ ψ ∂ ψ , 1+˜η2ρ4 sin2 ζ α 2 β 2 T ρ4 sin 2ζ LWZ = η˜ ǫαβ ∂ ψ ∂ ζ, (3.202) a 2 1+˜η2ρ4 sin2 ζ α 1 β T (1 r2)∂ φ∂ φ ∂ r∂ r r2∂ ξ∂ ξ Lg = γαβ − α β + α β + α β (3.203) s − 2 1+˜η2r2 (1 r2)(1+η ˜2r2) 1+˜η2r4 sin2 ξ − r2 cos2 ξ ∂ φ ∂ φ + α 1 β 1 + r2 sin2 ξ ∂ φ ∂ φ , 1+˜η2r4 sin2 ξ α 2 β 2 T r4 sin 2ξ LWZ = η˜ ǫαβ ∂ φ ∂ ξ, (3.204) s − 2 1+˜η2r4 sin2 ξ α 1 β where we introduced the notation T = g 1+˜η2. (3.205) p Comparing (3.201)-(3.204) with the Polyakov string Lagrangian, one can extract the components of the background fields. They are given by 1+ ρ2 1 ρ2 g = , g = , g = (3.206) tt −1 η˜2ρ2 ρρ (1 + ρ2)(1 η˜2ρ2) ζζ 1+˜η2ρ4 sin2 ζ − − ρ2 cos2 ζ ρ4 sin 2ζ g = , g = ρ2 sin2 ζ, b =η ˜ . ψ1ψ1 1+˜η2ρ4 sin2 ζ ψ2ψ2 ψ1ζ 1+˜η2ρ4 sin2 ζ 101 1 r2 1 r2 g = − , g = , g = (3.207) φφ 1+˜η2r2 rr (1 r2)(1+η ˜2r2) ξξ 1+˜η2r4 sin2 ξ − r2 cos2 ξ r4 sin 2ξ g = . g = r2 sin2 ξ, b = η˜ . φ1φ1 1+˜η2r4 sin2 ξ φ2φ2 φ1ξ − 1+˜η2r4 sin2 ξ GM solutions Since we are going to consider giant magnon solutions, we restrict ourselves to the R S3 t × η subspace, which corresponds to the following choice in AdSη ρ =0, ζ =0, ψ = ψ =0 b =0. 1 2 ⇒ ψ1ζ 5 ˜ On Sη we first introduce the angle θ in the following way r = sin θ,˜ which leads to 2 ˜ ˜2 2 ˜ 2 cos θ 2 dθ sin θ 2 ds 5 = dφ + + dξ Sη 1+˜η2 sin2 θ˜ 1+˜η2 sin2 θ˜ 1+˜η2 sin4 θ˜sin2 ξ sin2 θ˜cos2 ξ + dφ2 + sin2 θ˜ sin2 ξ dφ2, 1+˜η2 sin4 θ˜sin2 ξ 1 2 sin4 θ˜sin 2ξ bφ ξ = η˜ . 1 − 1+˜η2 sin4 θ˜sin2 ξ 3 ˜ π Now, to go to Sη , we can safely set φ = 0, θ = 2 (we also exchange φ1 and φ2 and replace 3 ξ with θ). Thus, the background seen by the string moving in the Rt Sη subspace can be written as × cos2 θ g = 1, g = sin2 θ, g = , tt − φ1φ1 φ2φ2 1+˜η2 sin2 θ 1 sin 2θ g = , b = η˜ . (3.208) θθ 1+˜η2 sin2 θ φ2θ − 1+˜η2 sin2 θ Working in conformal wordsheet gauge, we impose the following ansatz for the string embedding t(τ, σ)= κτ, φi(τ, σ)= ωiτ + Fi(ξ), θ(τ, σ)= θ(ξ), ξ = ασ + βτ, i =1, 2, (3.209) where τ and σ are the string world-sheet coordinates, Fi(ξ), θ(ξ) are arbitrary functions of ξ, and κ, ωi,α,β are parameters. 102 Then one can find the following solutions of the equations of motion for φi(τ, σ) (we introduced the notation χ cos2 θ) ≡ 1 C φ (τ, σ)= ω τ + dξ 1 + βω , (3.210) 1 1 α2 β2 1 χ 1 − Z − 1 (1+η ˜2)C φ (τ, σ)= ω τ + dξ 2 + βω η˜2C , (3.211) 2 2 α2 β2 χ 2 − 2 − Z where C1, C2 are integration constants. By using (3.210), (3.211), one can show that the Virasoro constraints take the form dχ 2 4χ(1 χ) [1 +η ˜2(1 χ)] C2 1+˜η2(1 χ) = − − (α2 + β2)κ2 1 C2 − (3.212) dξ (α2 β2)2 − 1 χ − 2 χ − − χ α2ω2(1 χ) α2ω2 , − 1 − − 2 1+˜η2(1 χ) − 2 ω1C1 + ω2C2 + βκ =0. (3.213) Next, we solve (3.213) with respect to C1 and replace the solution into (3.212). The result is dχ 2 4 = α2η˜2ω2(χ χ)(χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ), (3.214) dξ (α2 β2)2 1 η − p − − m − n − where 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 α [ω2 ω1 +˜η (κ 3ω1)]+η ˜ β κ +˜η C2 χη + χp + χm + χn = − −2 2 2 , (3.215) − α η˜ ω1 χpχη +(χp + χη)χn + χm(χp + χη + χn) = (3.216) 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 β κ η˜ (κ 2ω1) ω1 +2C2βη˜ κ ω2 η˜ α ω1 − − + α2ω2 2+3˜η2 ω2 ω2 1+2˜ η2 κ2 1 1 − 2 − + C2η˜2 ω2 2+3˜η2 ω2 , 2 2 − 1 χmχnχp + χmχnχη + χmχpχη + χnχpχη = (3.217) 2 1+˜η 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 C2 (1+3˜η )ω1 2C2βκ ω2 C2 ω2 (κ ω1)(β κ α ω1) , −η˜ α ω1 − − − − − 2 2 2 C2 (1+η ˜ ) χmχnχpχη = 2 2 2 . (3.218) − η˜ α ω1 103 The solution ξ(χ) of (3.214) is α2 β2 ξ(χ)= − (3.219) ηαω˜ (χ χ )(χ χ ) × 1 η − m p − n p(χ χ )(χ χ) (χ χ )(χ χ ) F arcsin η − m p − , p − m η − n , (χ χ )(χ χ) (χ χ )(χ χ ) s p − m η − η − m p − n ! where χη > χp >χ>χm > χn. Inverting ξ(χ) to χ(ξ), one finds χ (χ χ ) dn2(x m)+(χ χ )χ χ(ξ)= η p − n | η − p n , (3.220) (χ χ ) dn2(x m)+ χ χ p − n | η − p where ηαω˜ (χ χ )(χ χ ) x = 1 η − m p − n ξ, α2 β2 p − (χ χ )(χ χ ) m = p − m η − n . (χ χ )(χ χ ) η − m p − n By using (3.214) we can find the explicit solutions for the isometric angles φ1, φ2. They are given by 1 φ1(τ, σ)= ω1τ + (3.221) ηαω˜ 2(χ 1) (χ χ )(χ χ ) × 1 η − η − m p − n p (χ χ )(χ χ) β κ2 + ω2(χ 1) + C ω F arcsin η − m p − , m 1 η − 2 2 (χ χ )(χ χ) ( s p − m η − ! h i (χ χ )(βκ2 + C ω ) (χ χ )(χ χ) (χ 1)(χ χ ) η − p 2 2 Π arcsin η − m p − , η − p − m , m . − 1 χ (χ χ )(χ χ) −(1 χ )(χ χ ) − p s p − m η − − p η − m ! ) 1 φ2(τ, σ)= ω2τ + (3.222) ηαω˜ χ (χ χ )(χ χ ) × 1 η η − m p − n 2 p (χη χm)(χp χ) C2 1 η˜ (χη 1) + βω2χη F arcsin − − , m ( − − s(χp χm)(χη χ) ! h i − − C (1+ η ˜2)(χ χ ) + 2 η − p χp × (χ χ )(χ χ) χ (χ χ ) Π arcsin η − m p − , η p − m , m . (χ χ )(χ χ) (χ χ )χ s p − m η − η − m p ! ) 104 Now, let us go to the computations of the conserved charges Qµ, i.e. the string energy Es and the two angular momenta J1, J2. Starting with ∂ Q = dσ L , Xµ =(t, φ ,φ ), µ ∂ (∂ Xµ) 1 2 Z τ and applying the ansatz (3.4), one finds T β2 κ χp dχ Es = 1 2 , (3.223) η˜ − α ω1 χ (χ χ)(χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) Z m η − p − − m − n p 2 χp T β(βκ + C2ω2) dχ J1 = 1 2 2 (3.224) η˜ " − α ω1 χm (χη χ)(χp χ)(χ χm)(χ χn) Z − − − − χp χdχ p , − χm (χη χ)(χp χ)(χ χm)(χ χn)# Z − − − − p χp T 1 ω2 dχ J2 = 1+ η˜3 η˜2 ω 1 " 1 χm 1+ χ (χ χ)(χ χ)(χ χ )(χ χ ) Z η˜2 − η − p − − m − n χp p ω2 2 βC2 dχ η˜ 2 . (3.225) − ω1 − α ω1 χm (χη χ)(χp χ)(χ χm)(χ χn)# Z − − − − p We will need also the expression for the angular difference ∆φ1. The computations give the following result 1 β χp dχ ∆φ1 = (3.226) η˜"α χm (χη χ)(χp χ)(χ χm)(χ χn) Z − − − − 2 χp βκ pω2C2 dχ 2 + 2 . − αω1 αω1 χm (1 χ) (χη χ)(χp χ)(χ χm)(χ χn)# Z − − − − − Solving the integrals in (3.223)-(3.226) and introducingp the notations β ω κ2 C (χ χ )(χ χ ) v = , u = 2 , W = , K = 2 , ǫ = η − p m − n , (3.227) −α ω ω2 2 αω (χ χ )(χ χ ) 1 1 1 η − m p − n we finally obtain 2T (1 v2)√W Es = − K(1 ǫ), (3.228) η˜ (χ χ )(χ χ ) − η − m p − n p 105 2T 2 J1 = 1 v W + K2uv χη K(1 ǫ) (3.229) η˜ (χη χm)(χp χn)" − − − − − p χ χ +(χ χ ) Π p − m , 1 ǫ , η − p χ χ − η − m # 1 2T 1+ η˜2 u J2 = (3.230) 3 η˜ (χη χm)(χp χn)( 1+ 1 χ × − − η˜2 − η p 1 χ χ (χp χm) 1+ η˜2 χη K(1 ǫ) η − p Π − − , 1 ǫ 1 1 " − − 1+ η˜2 χp (χ χ ) 1+ χ − # − η − m η˜2 − p 2 u +˜η K2v K(1 ǫ) , − − ) 2 ∆φ1 = (3.231) η˜ (χ χ )(χ χ ) × η − m p − n p vW K2u (χη 1)(χp χm) − (χ χ ) Π − − , 1 ǫ (χ 1)(1 χ ) η − p −(χ χ )(1 χ ) − ( η − − p " η − m − p (1 χp) K(1 ǫ) v K(1 ǫ) . − − − # − − ) Small ǫ-expansions and dispersion relation In this section we restrict ourselves to the simpler case of giant magnons with one nonzero angular momentum. To this end, we set the second isometric angle φ2 = 0. From the solution (3.222) it is clear that φ2 is zero when ω2 = C2 =0, or equivalently (see (3.227)) u = K2 =0. Then it follows from (3.218) that χn = 0 because χη > χp > χm > 0 for the finite-size case. In addition, we express χm through the other parameters χ χ χ = η p ǫ. m χ (1 ǫ)χ η − − p As a consequence (3.215)-(3.217) take the form 2 2 (1 ǫ)χ 2ǫχpχη χ 1 − p − − η +3 (1 + v2)W + =0, (3.232) χ (1 ǫ)χ − η˜2 η − − p 106 ǫχ χ (χ + χ ) 2 (1 + v2)W + (3 (2 + v2(2 W )) W )˜η2 χ χ + p η p η − − − =0, (3.233) p η χ (1 ǫ)χ − η˜2 η − − p ǫχ2χ2 (1+η ˜2)(1 W )(1 v2W ) p η − − =0. (3.234) χ (1 ǫ)χ − η˜2 η − − p In order to obtain the leading finite-size effect on the dispersion relation, we consider the limit ǫ 0 in (3.232)-(3.234) first. We will use the following small ǫ-expansions for the remaining→ parameters χη = χη0 +(χη1 + χη2 log ǫ)ǫ (3.235) χp = χp0 +(χp1 + χp2 log ǫ)ǫ, v = v0 +(v1 + v2 log ǫ)ǫ, W =1+ W1ǫ. Replacing (3.235) into (3.232)-(3.234) and expanding in ǫ one finds the following solution of the resulting equations 2 2 2 2 (1 v0) χp0 =1 v0, χp1 =1 v0 2v0v1 − 2 2 , χp2 = 2v0v2, (3.236) − − − − 1+˜η v0 − 1 χ =1+ , χ = χ =0, η0 η˜2 η1 η2 2 2 (1+η ˜ )(1 v0) W1 = 2 −2 . − 1+˜η v0 Next, we expand ∆φ1 in ǫ and impose the condition that the resulting expression does not depend on ǫ. After using (3.236) this gives 1+˜η2 ∆φ = 2 arccot v (3.237) 1 0 1 v2 s − 0 ! and two equations with solution 2 2 2 v0(1 v0) [1 log 16 +η ˜ (2 v0(1 + log 16))] 1 2 v1 = − − 2 2 − , v2 = v0(1 v0). (3.238) 4(1+η ˜ v0) 4 − Solving (3.237) with respect to v0 one finds ∆φ1 cot 2 v0 = . (3.239) 2 2 ∆φ1 η˜ + csc 2 q 107 Now let us go to the ǫ-expansion of the difference Es J1. Taking into account the solutions for the parameters, it can be written as − (1+η ˜2) sin3 p 2 1 p 2 Es J1 =2g 1+˜η arcsinh η˜sin ǫ . (3.240) − η˜ 2 − 4 1+˜η2 sin2 p p 2 q where the expression for ǫ can be found from the expansion of J1. To the leading order, the result is J 2 1+˜η2 p 1+˜η2 sin2 p ǫ = 16 exp 1 + arcsinh η˜sin 2 . (3.241) 2 2 p "− g η˜ 2 ! s(1+η ˜ ) sin 2 # p In writing (3.240), (3.241), we used (3.205) and identified the angular difference ∆φ1 with the magnon momentum p in the dual spin chain. For ǫ = 0, (3.240) reduces to the dispersion relation for the infinite-size giant magnon obtained in [90] for the large g case. In the limitη ˜ 0, (3.240) gives the correct result for → the undeformed case found in [66]. 3.2 Membrane results 3.2.1 M2-brane solutions in AdS S4 7 × In [9] different M2-brane configurations in the M-theory AdS S4 background with field 7 × theory dual AN 1(2, 0) SCFT have been considered. New membrane solutions are found − and compared with the known ones. Here we will give an example of such solution chosen among the ones obtained there. We use the following coordinates for the AdS S4 metric 7 × 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 − 4 lp dsAdS7 S = 4R cosh ρdt + dρ + sinh ρ dψ1 + cos ψ1dψ2 + sin ψ1dΩ3 × − 1 + dα 2 + cos2 αdθ2 + sin2 α dβ2 + cos2 βdγ2 , (3.242) 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 dΩ3 = dψ3 + cos ψ3dψ4 + cos ψ3 cos ψ4dψ5 , and embed the membrane according to the ansatz X0(τ, δ, σ) t(τ, δ, σ)=Λ0δ +Λ0σ + Y 0(τ), ≡ 1 2 X1(τ, δ, σ)= Y 1(τ)= ρ(τ), X2(τ, δ, σ) ψ (τ, δ, σ)=Λ2δ +Λ2σ + Y 2(τ), (3.243) ≡ 2 1 2 X3(τ, δ, σ) ψ (τ, δ, σ)=Λ3δ +Λ3σ + Y 3(τ), ≡ 5 1 2 X4(τ, δ, σ)= Y 4(τ)= α(τ), X5(τ, δ, σ) θ(τ, δ, σ)=Λ5δ +Λ5σ + Y 5(τ), ≡ 1 2 Xµ = X0,2,3,5,Xa = X1,4. 108 Then the background seen by the membrane is (ψ1 = π/4) 1 1 ds2 = (2l R)2 cosh2 ρdt2 + dρ2 + sinh2 ρ dψ2 + dψ2 + dα2 + cos2 αdθ2 ,(3.244) p − 2 2 5 4 and in our notations Xµ = X0,2,3,5,Xa = X1,4. Performing the necessary computations, one finds the following two first integrals of the equations of motion for ρ(τ) and α(τ) 0 2 2 2 2 2 (2λ ) E 2(p2 + p3) 6 0 2 (g11ρ˙) = + + (2lpR) λ T2 (3.245) (2π)4 cosh2 ρ sinh2 ρ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ∆02 + ∆03 cosh ρ ∆23 sinh ρ sinh ρ 4d F1(ρ) 0, × − −0 2≡ ≥ 2 (2λ p ) (g α˙ )2 = d +(lR)6 4λ0T ∆ cos2 α 5 F (α) 0. (3.246) 44 p 2 05 − (2π)4 cos2 α ≡ 4 ≥ The general solutions of the above two equations are 2 dρ 2 dα τ(ρ)=(2lpR) , τ(α)=(lpR) . F (ρ) F (α) Z 1 Z 4 One can also find the orbit ρ = ρ(pα): p dρ dα 4 = . (3.247) F (ρ) F (α) Z 1 Z 4 p p The solutions for the M2-brane coordinates Xµ are given by X0(ρ, α; δ, σ) t(ρ, α; δ, σ)=Λ0 λ1τ(ρ)+ δ +Λ0 λ2τ(ρ)+ σ ≡ 1 2 2λ0E dρ + + f 0[C(ρ, α)], (2π)2 cosh2 ρ F (ρ) Z 1 X2(ρ, α; δ, σ) ψ (ρ, α; δ, σ)=Λ2 λ1τ(ρ)+ δ +Λ2 λ2τ(ρ)+ σ ≡ 2 1 p 2 4λ0p dρ + 2 +f 2[C(ρ, α)], (2π)2 sinh2 ρ F (ρ) Z 1 X3(ρ, α; δ, σ) ψ (ρ, α; δ, σ)=Λ3 λ1τ(ρ)+ δ +Λ3 λ2τ(ρ)+ σ ≡ 5 1 p 2 4λ0p dρ + 3 +f 3[C(ρ, α)], (2π)2 sinh2 ρ F (ρ) Z 1 5 1 0 2 3 1 X (ρ, α; δ, σ) θ(ρ, α; δ, σ)= Λ1E pΛ1p2 Λ1p3 λ τ(α)+ δ ≡ p5 − − + Λ0E Λ2p Λ3p λ2τ(α)+ σ 2 − 2 2 − 2 3 2λ0p dα + 5 + f 5[C(ρ, α )], (2π)2 cos2 α F (α) Z 4 where f µ[C(ρ, α)] are arbitrary functions of C(ρ, α). Inp turn, C(ρ, α) is the first integral of the equation (3.247). 109 3.2.2 M2-brane solutions in AdS S7 4 × The metric and the three-form gauge field are given by 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 7 dsAdS4 S = l11 cosh ρdt + dρ + sinh ρ dα + sin αdβ + B ds7 , × − k b = sinh3 ρsin αdt dα dβ, k = const, 3 − 3 ∧ ∧ where B is the relative radius of AdS4 with respect to the seven-sphere. We choose to parameterize S7 as 2 2 2 2 2 2 ds7 =4dξ + cos ξ dθ + dφ + dψ + 2 cos θdφdψ 2 2 2 2 + sin ξ dθ1 + dφ1 + dψ1 + 2 cos θ1dφ1dψ 1 . Now, consider the following membrane embedding [10] X0(τ, δ, σ) t(τ, δ, σ)=Λ0τ, ≡ 0 X1(τ, δ, σ)= Z1(σ)= ρ(σ), X2(τ, δ, σ)= Z2(σ)= α(σ), X3(τ, δ, σ) β(τ, δ, σ)=Λ3τ +Λ3δ +Λ3σ, ≡ 0 1 2 X4(τ, δ, σ) φ(τ, δ, σ)=Λ4τ +Λ4δ +Λ4σ, ≡ 0 1 2 X5(τ, δ, σ) ψ(τ, δ, σ)=Λ5τ +Λ5δ +Λ5σ, ≡ 0 1 2 where in our notations µ = 0, 3, 4, 5, a = 1, 2. The relevant background seen by the mem- brane is 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ds = l11 cosh ρdt + dρ + sinh ρ dα + sin αdβ 2 − 2 2 + B dφ + dψ +2dφdψ k b = sinh3 ρ sin α. 023 − 3 For simplicity, we choose to work in diagonal worldvolume gauge λi = 0 in which we must have G0i = 0. There exist four types of solutions for these constraints, for the membrane embedding used: Λ3 =0, Λ5 = Λ4, (3.248) i i − i Λ3 =0, Λ5 = Λ4, (3.249) i 0 − 0 Λ3 =0, Λ5 = Λ4, 0 i − i Λ3 =0, Λ5 = Λ4. 0 0 − 0 Let us note that in the first two cases, which will be considered here, the induced B-field is zero, while for the last two, it is not. 110 Working in the framework of ansatz (3.248), one obtains that det Gmn = G = 0, i.e. this case corresponds to tensionless membrane. Then one finds that the membrane trajectory ρ = ρ(α) is given by 1/2 (B/Λ0)2 (Λ4 +Λ5)2 1 sinh ρ(α)= 0 0 0 − . 3 0 2 2 " 1 (Λ0/Λ0) sin α # − In the case under consideration the conserved charges are connected with each other by the equality 0 0 3 2λ 2 Λ0E =Λ0S + 2 2 J , l11B where E, S and J are the membrane energy, spin and angular momentum respectively. In the framework of ansatz (3.249), one obtains that the conserved quantities read l2 E = 11 Λ0 d2ξ cosh2 ρ, 2λ0 0 Z l2 S = 11 Λ3 d2ξ sinh2 ρ sin2 α, 2λ0 0 Z J =0. Taking α = 0, we find the solution 4 5 0 Λ1 +Λ1 ρ(σ) = ln tan (σ/2Aρ) , Aρ =2λ T2l11B 0 . Λ0 For α = α =0, π, there exist two different solutions: 0 6 1 1+ sn(σ/A ) 2 ρ(σ)= ln ρ , k2 =1 Λ3/Λ0 sin2 α (0, 1); 2 1 sn(σ/A ) − 0 0 0 ∈ − ρ 2 1 √1+ k 2 3 0 2 2 tanh ρ(σ)= sn σ , k = Λ0/Λ0 sin α0 1 (0, 1), √1+ k2 Aρ ! − ∈ Fixing ρ = ρ = 0, one obtains 0 6 α(σ) = arcsin [sn (σ/Aα)] , α ( π/2,π/2), ∈ 2 − A = A tanh ρ , k2 = Λ3/Λ0 tanh2 ρ (0, 1). α ρ 0 0 0 0 ∈ Now, let us turn to the general case, when none of the coordinates ρ and α are kept fixed. 3 In order to be able to give explicit solution, we set Λ0 = 0 and find A cosh ρ(σ)= . cn(Cσ) 111 1/4 2 0 2 1 2d l11Λ0 2d A = v 1+ 1+ 0 , C = 1+ 0 , u2 s l11Λ0K K l11Λ0K u " # u t and d is an arbitrary constant. The solution for the membrane trajectory is the following d 1 α(ρ)= A2Π ϕ, ,k A2 1 F (ϕ,k) , (A2 1) CK2 −A2 1 − − − − where 1/4 A 2d 2 − 1 2d 2 ϕ = arccos , k = 1+ 0 v 1+ 0 1 . cosh ρ l11Λ0K u2 s l11Λ0K − " # u u t 3 The condition Λ0 = 0 leads to S = 0, and the membrane energy E remains the only nontrivial conserved quantity. On the obtained solution, it is given by πCK2 sn(2πC)dn(2πC) E = A2E + E(k) , E = E . 0 2λ0Λ0 cn(2πC) − 0 ρ=0 0 3.2.3 Exact rotating membrane solutions on a G2 manifold and their semiclassical limits We obtain exact rotating membrane solutions and explicit expressions for the conserved charges on a manifold with exactly known metric of G2 holonomy in M-theory, with four dimensional = 1 gauge theory dual. After that, we investigate their semiclassical limits N and derive different relations between the energy and the other conserved quantities, which is a step towards M-theory lift of the semiclassical string/gauge theory correspondence for = 1 field theories [11]. N To our knowledge, the only paper devoted to rotating membranes on G2 manifolds at that time is [54], where various membrane configurations on different G2 holonomy backgrounds have been studied systematically, but not exactly. In the semiclassical limit (large conserved charges), the following relations between the energy and the corresponding conserved charge K have been obtained: E K1/2, E K2/3, E K K1/3, E K ln K. ∼ ∼ − ∼ − ∼ Here, our approach will be different. Taking into account that only a small number of G2 holonomy metrics are known exactly, we choose to search for rotating membrane solutions on one of these metrics. Namely, the one discovered in [55]. First, we describe the G2 holonomy background of [55]. Second, we obtain a number of exact rotating membrane solutions and the explicit expressions for the corresponding conserved charges. Then, we take the semiclassical limit and derive different energy-charge relations. They reproduce 112 and generalize part of the results obtained in [54], for the case of more than two conserved quantities. The background we are interested in is a one-parameter family of G2 holonomy metrics (parameterized by r0), which play an important role as supergravity dual of the large N limit of four dimensional = 1 SYM. These metrics describe the M theory lift of the supergravity solution correspondingN to a collection of D6-branes wrapping the supersymmetric three-cycle of the deformed conifold geometry for any value of the string coupling constant. The explicit expression for the metric with SU(2) SU(2) U(1) Z symmetry is given by [55] × × × 2 7 ds2 = ea ea, (3.250) 7 ⊗ a=1 X with the following vielbeins 1 2 e = A(r)(σ1 Σ1) , e = A(r)(σ2 Σ2) , 3 − 4 − e = D(r)(σ3 Σ3) , e = B(r)(σ1 + Σ1) , 5 − 6 e = B(r)(σ2 + Σ2) , e = r0C(r)(σ3 + Σ3) , e7 = dr/C(r), (3.251) where 1 1 A = (r 3r0/2)(r +9r0/2), B = (r +3r0/2)(r 9r0/2), √12 − √12 − p p (r 9r /2)(r +9r /2) C = − 0 0 ,D = r/3, (3.252) (r 3r /2)(r +3r /2) s − 0 0 and σ1 = sin ψ sin θdφ + cos ψdθ, Σ1 = sin ψ˜ sin θd˜ φ˜ + cos ψd˜ θ,˜ σ2 = cos ψ sin θdφ sin ψdθ, Σ2 = cos ψ˜ sin θd˜ φ˜ sin ψd˜ θ,˜ − ˜ ˜ ˜− σ3 = cos θdφ + dψ, Σ3 = cos θdφ + dψ. (3.253) This metric is Ricci flat and complete for r 9r0/2. It has a G2-structure given by the following covariantly constant three-form ≥ 9r3 Φ = 0 ǫ (σ σ σ Σ Σ Σ ) 16 abc a ∧ b ∧ c − a ∧ b ∧ c r 27r2 r 81r2 + d r2 0 (σ Σ + σ Σ )+ 0 r2 0 σ Σ , 18 − 4 1 ∧ 1 2 ∧ 2 3 − 8 3 ∧ 3 which guarantees the existence of a unique covariantly constant spinor [55]. The M-theory background for our case can be written as 2 2 2 I J 2 l− ds = dt + δ dx dx + ds , (3.254) 11 11 − IJ 7 113 2 where l11 is the eleven dimensional Planck length, (I,J=1,2,3) and ds7 is given in (3.250)-(3.253). In other words, the background is direct product of flat, four dimensional space-time, and a seven dimensional G2 manifold. We will search for solutions, for which the background felt by the membrane depends on only one coordinate. This will be the radial coordinate r, i.e. the rotating membrane embedding along this coordinate has the form r = r(σ). Then, the remaining membrane coordinates, which are not fixed, will depend linearly on the worldvolume coordinates τ, δ and σ. The membrane configurations considered below are all for which, we were able to obtain exact solutions under the described conditions. First type of membrane embedding [11] Let us consider the following membrane configuration: 0 0 1 I I I I X t = Λ0τ + 0 [(Λ0.Λ1) δ + (Λ0.Λ2) σ] , X = Λ0τ + Λ1δ + Λ2σ, ≡ Λ0 X4 r(σ), X6 θ = Λ6τ, X9 θ˜ = Λ9τ; (Λ .Λ )= δ ΛI ΛJ . (3.255) ≡ ≡ 0 ≡ 0 0 i IJ 0 i It corresponds to membrane extended in the radial direction r, and rotating in the planes given by the angles θ and θ˜. In addition, it is nontrivially spanned along X0 and XI . The relations between the parameters in X0 and XI guarantee that the constraints are identically satisfied. At the same time, the membrane moves along t-coordinate with constant energy E, and along XI with constant momenta PI . In this case, the target space metric seen by the membrane becomes l2 g g = l2 , g = l2 δ , g g = 11 , 00 ≡ tt − 11 IJ 11 IJ 44 ≡ rr C2(r) g g = l2 A2(r)+ B2(r) , g g = l2 A2(r)+ B2(r) , 66 ≡ θθ 11 99 ≡ θ˜θ˜ 11 g g = l2 A2(r) B2(r) . (3.256) 69 ≡ θθ˜ − 11 − Therefore, in our notations, we have µ = (0, I, 6, 9) (t,I,θ, θ˜), a = 4 r. The metric induced on ≡ ≡ the membrane worldvolume is 2 0 2 2 2 2 + 2 2 G = l (Λ ) Λ (Λ−) A (Λ ) B , 00 − 11 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 r 2 G = l2 M , G = l2 M , G = l2 M + ′ , 11 11 11 12 11 12 22 11 22 C2 where (Λ0.Λi) (Λ0.Λj) 6 9 Mij = (Λi.Λj) , Λ± = Λ Λ . (3.257) − 0 2 0 0 ± 0 Λ0 The constants of the motion 2, introduced in [10], are given by Pµ 0 2 4 2 2λ T2 l11 0 = 0 [(Λ0.Λ1) M12 (Λ0.Λ2) M11] , (3.258) P − Λ0 − 2 = 2λ0T 2l4 ΛI M ΛI M , 2 = 2 = 0. PI 2 11 1 12 − 2 11 P6 P9 114 The membrane Lagrangian takes the form A 1 2 0 2 2 M11 (σ)= K r′ V , K = (2λ T l ) , L 4λ0 rr − rr − 2 11 C2 0 2 2 2 0 2 2 2 2 + 2 2 V = (2λ T l ) det M +l (Λ ) Λ (Λ−) A (Λ ) B . 2 11 ij 11 0 − 0 − 0 − 0 ˜ Let us first consider the particular case when Λ0− = 0, i.e. θ = θ. From the first integral of the equation of motion for r(σ) 2 0 µ 2 K r′ + U = 0,U = V + 4λ Λ , rr 2 Pµ one obtains the turning points of the effective one-dimensional periodic motion by solving the equation r′ = 0. In the case under consideration, the result is 3u2 r = 3l, r = r = l 2 1+ 0 + 1 > 3l, min max 1 2 + 2 s l (Λ0 ) ! 3u2 r = l 2 1+ 0 1 < 0, l = 3r /2, 2 2 + 2 0 − s l (Λ0 ) − ! where we have introduced the notation u2 = (2λ0T l )2 det M + (Λ0)2 Λ2 + 4λ0Λµ 2/l2 (3.259) 0 2 11 ij 0 − 0 2 Pµ 11 = (Λ0)2 Λ2 (2λ0T l )2 det M . 0 − 0 − 2 11 ij Now, we can write down the following expression for the membrane solution (∆r = r 3l) − r K (t) 1/2 16λ0T l M l∆r 1/2 σ(r)= rr dt = 2 11 11 − U(t) Λ+ (r 3l) (3l r ) × Z3l 0 1 − − 2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (5) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2; , , , , ,(3.260) D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r r 3l − 2 1 − where the following normalization condition must be satisfied (∆r = r 3l) [11] 1 1 − r1 K (t) 1/2 32λ0T l (M l)1/2 2π = 2 rr dt = 2 11 11 + 1/2 3l − U(t) Λ (3l r ) × Z 0 − 2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (5) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2; 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 = D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r − 2 16πλ0T l (M l)1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r 2 11 11 F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 1/2 D Λ+ (3l r ) − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r2 0 − 2 − 0 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 16πλ T l (M l) ∆r ∆r ∆r − ∆r − = 2 11 11 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1/2 Λ+ (3l r ) 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 0 − 2 − 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; , , , . (3.261) D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 × − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 115 Now, we can compute the conserved charges on the obtained solution. They are: π2l2 π2l2 E = P = 11 Λ0, P = 11 Λ , (3.262) − 0 λ0 0 λ0 0 2 r 1/2 2 3 3 1/2 πl 1 K (t) 4π T2l M11l P = P = 11 Λ+ rr B2(t)dt = 11 θ θ˜ 0 0 1/2 λ 3l − U(t) 3 (3l r ) × Z − 2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (4) 3/2; 1/2, 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 2; 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 1 D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r − 2 2 3 3 1/2 1/2 3/2 1/2 1/2 4π T2l M11l ∆r ∆r ∆r − ∆r − = 11 ∆r 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1/2 1 3 (3l r ) 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 − 2 − 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 2; , , , . (3.263) D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 × − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Our next task is to find the relation between the energy E and the other conserved quantities P, P = P in the semiclassical limit (large conserved charges). This corresponds to r , which θ θ˜ 1 → ∞ in the present case leads to 3u2/[l2(Λ+)2] . In this limit, the condition (3.261) reduces to 0 0 →∞ + √ 0 1/2 Λ0 = 2 3λ T2l11M11 , while the expression (3.263) for the momentum Pθ, takes the form u2 P = P = √3π2T l3 M 1/2 0 . θ θ˜ 2 11 11 + 2 (Λ0 ) Combining these results with (3.21), one obtains 2 E2 E2 P2 (2π2T l3 )2 (Λ Λ )2 E2 [(Λ Λ ) P]2 (3.264) − − 2 11 1 × 2 − 1 × 2 × n n oo (4√ 3π2T l3 )2E2 Λ2E2 (Λ .P)2 P 2 = 0, (Λ Λ ) = ε ΛJ ΛK . − 2 11 1 − 1 θ 1 × 2 I IJK 1 2 h i This is fourth order algebraic equation for E2. Its positive solutions give the explicit dependence 2 2 of the energy on P and Pθ: E = E (P, Pθ). I Let us consider a few particular cases. In the simplest case, when Λ0 = 0, i.e. P = 0, and I I Λ2 = cΛ1, which corresponds to the membrane embedding (see (3.255)) X0 t = Λ0τ, XI = ΛI (δ + cσ), X4 r(σ), X6 θ = Λ6τ = X9 θ˜ = Λ9τ, ≡ 0 1 ≡ ≡ 0 ≡ 0 (3.264) simplifies to E2 = 4√3π2T l3 Λ P . (3.265) 2 11 | 1 | θ 1/2 This is the relation E K obtained for G2-manifolds in [29]. If we impose only the conditions I I ∼ Λ0 = 0, and Λi remain independent, (3.264) gives E2 = (2π2T l3 )2 (Λ Λ )2 + 4√3π2T l3 Λ P . (3.266) 2 11 1 × 2 2 11 | 1 | θ 116 Now, let us take ΛI = 0, ΛI = cΛI . Then, (3.264) reduces to 0 6 2 1 2 E2 E2 P2 (4√3π2T l3 )2Λ2P 2 + (4√3π2T l3 )2 (Λ .P)2 P 2 = 0, − − 2 11 1 θ 2 11 1 θ h i 2 which is third order algebraic equation for E . If the three-dimensional vectors Λ1 and P are orthogonal to each other, i.e. (Λ1.P) = 0, the above relation simplifies to E2 = P2 + 4√3π2T l3 Λ P . (3.267) 2 11 | 1 | θ The obvious conclusion is that in the framework of a given embedding, one can obtain different relations between the energy and the other conserved charges, depending on the choice of the embedding parameters. Now, we will consider the general case, when Λ− = 0, i.e. θ = θ˜. The turning points are given 0 6 6 by k2 + 3 3u2 r = 3l, r = r = l 2 + 0 + k , min max 1 2 + 2 2 " s 4 l (Λ0 ) + (Λ0−) # 2 2 + 2 2 k + 3 3u (Λ ) (Λ−) r = l 2 + 0 k , k = 0 0 [0, 1]. 2 2 + 2 2 + 2 − 2 − " s 4 l (Λ0 ) + (Λ0−) − # (Λ0 ) + (Λ0−) ∈ Now the solution for σ(r) is r K (t) 1/2 16λ0T l M l∆r 1/2 σ(r)= rr dt = 2 11 11 1/2 3l − U(t) + 2 2 (r1 3l) (3l r2) × Z (Λ0 ) + (Λ0−) − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (5) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2; , , , , .(3.268) D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r r 3l − 2 1 − The normalization condition reads 0 1/2 8λ T2l11 (M11l) + 2 2 1/2 1/2 (Λ ) + (Λ−) (3l r ) × 0 0 − 2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 = D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r − 2 0 1/2 8λ T2l11 (M11l) + 2 2 1/2 1/2 (Λ ) + (Λ−) (3l r ) × 0 0 − 2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 − ∆r1 − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 2l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; , , , = 1. (3.269) D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Computing the conserved momenta, one obtains the same expressions for E and P as in (3.21)14, 14Actually, these expressions for E and P are always valid for the background we use. 117 and 2 3 + 3 1/2 1 4π T2l11Λ0 M11l Pθ + Pθ˜ = 2 + 2 2 1/2 1/2 × 3 (Λ0 ) + (Λ0−) (3l r2) − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (4) 3/2; 1/2, 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 2; 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 1 D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r − 2 2 3 + 3 1/2 4π T2l Λ M11l = 11 0 + 2 2 1/2 1/2 × 3 (Λ ) + (Λ−) (3l r2) 0 0 − 1/2 3/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 − ∆r1 − ∆r 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 2; , , , , (3.270) D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 2 3 5 1/2 1 8π T2l11Λ0− M11l Pθ Pθ˜ = 2 − + 2 2 1/2 1/2 × (Λ0 ) + (Λ0−) (3l r2) − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (4) 1/2; 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 D − − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r − 2 2 3 5 1/2 8π T2l Λ− M11l = 11 0 + 2 2 1/2 1/2 × (Λ ) + (Λ−) (3l r2) 0 0 − 3/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 2l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; , , , . (3.271) D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 − − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Now, we go to the semiclassical limit r . The normalization condition gives 1 →∞ + 2 2 1/2 √ 0 1/2 (Λ0 ) + (Λ0−) = 2 3λ T2l11M11 , whereas (3.270) and (3.271) take the form 2 3 1/2 2 1 √3π T2l11Λ0±M11 u0 Pθ Pθ˜ = . 2 ± + 2 2 3/2 (Λ0 ) + (Λ0−) The above expressions, together with (3.21), lead to the following connection between the energy and the conserved momenta 2 E2 E2 P2 (2π2T l3 )2 (Λ Λ )2 E2 [(Λ Λ ) P]2 (3.272) − − 2 11 1 × 2 − 1 × 2 × n n oo 6(2 π2T l3 )2E 2 Λ2E2 (Λ .P)2 P 2 + P 2 = 0. − 2 11 1 − 1 θ θ˜ h i 118 Obviously, (3.272) is the generalization of (3.264) for the case P = P and for P = P coincides θ 6 θ˜ θ θ˜ with it, as it should be. The particular cases (3.265), (3.266) and (3.267) now generalize to 1/2 E2 = 2√6π2T l3 Λ P 2 + P 2 , 2 11 | 1 | θ θ˜ 1/2 E2 = (2π2T l3 )2 (Λ Λ )2 + 2√6π2T l3 Λ P 2 + P 2 , 2 11 1 × 2 2 11 | 1 | θ θ˜ 1/2 E2 = P2 + 2√6π2T l3 Λ P 2 + P 2 . (3.273) 2 11 | 1 | θ θ˜ Finally, let us give the semiclassical limit of the membrane solution (3.268), which is 1/4 2 3 2 2 2 2 32(4π T2l ) Λ E (Λ1.P) 11 1 − 1/2 σscl(r) = (l∆r) (3.274) 27E2 hP 2 + P 2 i θ θ˜ ∆r ∆r ∆r F(3) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2; , , × D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l 1/4 2 3 2 2 2 2 32(4π T2l11) Λ1E (Λ1.P) = − (l∆r)1/2 27E2 hP 2 + P 2 i θ θ˜ 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1+ 1+ × 2l 4l 6l 1 1 1 F (3) 1; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, ; 3/2; , , . D − − 2l 4l 6l 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r ! Second type of membrane embedding [11] Let us consider membrane, which is extended along the radial direction r and rotates in the ˜ planes defined by the angles θ and θ, with angular momenta Pθ and Pθ˜. Now we want to have nontrivial wrapping along X6 and X9. The embedding parameters in X6 and X9 have to be chosen in such a way that the constraints are satisfied identically. It turns out that the angular momenta P and P must be equal, and the constants of the motion 2 are identically zero for this case. In θ θ˜ Pµ addition, we want the membrane to move along X0 and XI with constant energy E and constant momenta PI respectively. All this leads to the following ansatz: X0 t = Λ0τ, XI = ΛI τ, X4 r(σ), ≡ 0 0 ≡ X6 θ = Λ6τ + Λ6δ + Λ6σ, X9 θ˜ = Λ6τ (Λ6δ + Λ6σ). (3.275) ≡ 0 1 2 ≡ 0 − 1 2 The background felt by the membrane is the same as in (3.256), but the metric induced on the membrane worldvolume is different and is given by G = l2 (Λ0)2 Λ2 (Λ+)2B2 , G = 4l2 (Λ6)2A2, 00 − 11 0 − 0 − 0 11 11 1 r 2 G = 4l2 Λ6Λ6A2, G = l2 ′ + 4(Λ6)2A2 . 12 11 1 2 22 11 C2 2 119 For the present case, the membrane Lagrangian reduces to 2 A 1 2 0 2 2 6 2 A (σ)= K r′ V , K = (4λ T l ) (Λ ) , L 4λ0 rr − rr − 2 11 1 C2 V = U = l2 (Λ0)2 Λ2 (Λ+)2B2 . 11 0 − 0 − 0 The turning points of the effective one-dimensional periodic motion 2 Krrr′ + V = 0, are given by 3v2 r = 3l, r = r = l 2 1+ 0 + 1 > 3l, min max 1 2 + 2 s l (Λ0 ) ! 3v2 r = l 2 1+ 0 1 < 0, v2 = (Λ0)2 Λ2. (3.276) 2 2 + 2 0 0 0 − s l (Λ0 ) − ! − Now, the membrane solution reads: r K (t) 1/2 32λ0T l Λ6 l3∆r 1/2 σ(r)= rr dt = 2 11 1 − V (t) Λ+ (r 3l) (3l r ) × Z3l 0 1 − − 2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (4) 1/2; 1, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2; , , , . (3.277) D − − − 2l − 4l −3l r r 3l − 2 1 − The normalization condition leads to the following relation between the parameters 0 6 3/2 16λ T2l11Λ1l (3) ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 1/2 FD 1/2; 1, 1/2, 1/2; 1; , , Λ+ (3l r ) − − − 2l − 4l −3l r2 0 − 2 − 0 6 3/2 1/2 1/2 16λ T l Λ l ∆r ∆r ∆r − = 2 11 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1/2 Λ+ (3l r ) 2l 4l 3l r2 0 − 2 − 1 1 1 F (3) 1/2; 1, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; , , = 1. (3.278) D 2l 4l 3l r2 × − − 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! In the case under consideration, the conserved quantities are E, P and Pθ = Pθ˜. We derive the following result for Pθ = Pθ˜ 8π2T l3 Λ6l5/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r P = P = 2 11 1 ∆r F (3) 3/2; 1, 3/2, 1/2; 2; 1 , 1 , 1 θ θ˜ 1/2 1 D 3 (3l r ) − − − 2l − 4l −3l r2 − 2 − 2 3 6 5/2 3/2 1/2 8π T l Λ l ∆r ∆r ∆r − = 2 11 1 ∆r 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1/2 1 3 (3l r ) 2l 4l 3l r2 − 2 − 1 1 1 F (3) 1/2; 1, 3/2, 1/2, ; 2; , , . (3.279) D 2l 4l 3l r2 × − − 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! In the semiclassical limit, (3.278) and (3.279) reduce to 3 6 + 2 8√3 0 6 0 2 2 1/2 16πT2l11Λ1 0 2 2 3/2 (Λ ) = λ T l Λ (Λ ) Λ , P = P˜ = (Λ ) Λ . 0 2 11 1 0 0 θ θ + 3 0 0 π − √3(Λ0 ) − 120 From here and (3.262), one obtains the relation 2 2 5/3 3 6 2/3 4/3 E = P + 3 (2πT2l11Λ1) Pθ . (3.280) In the particular case when P = 0, (3.280) coincides with the energy-charge relation E K2/3, ∼ first obtained for G2-manifolds in [29]. For the given embedding (3.275), the semiclassical limit of the membrane solution (3.343) is as follows 2 3 6 2/3 2π T l Λ 1/2 ∆r ∆r σ (r) = 8π1/3 2 11 1 l3∆r F (2) 1/2; 1, 1/2; 3/2; , scl 9P D − − − 2l − 4l θ 2 3 6 2/3 1/2 2π T l Λ 1/2 ∆r ∆r = 8π1/3 2 11 1 l3∆r 1+ 1+ (3.281) 9P 2l 4l θ 1 1 F (2) 1; 1, 1/2; 3/2; , . × D − − 2l 4l 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r ! Third type of membrane embedding [11] Again, we want the membrane to move in the flat, four dimensional part of the eleven dimensional background metric (3.254), with constant energy E and constant momenta PI . On the curved part of the metric, the membrane is extended along the radial coordinate r, rotates in the plane given by the angle ψ+ = ψ + ψ˜, and is wrapped along the angular coordinate ψ = ψ ψ˜. This membrane − − configuration is given by X0 t = Λ0τ, XI = ΛI τ, X4 r(σ), ≡ 0 0 ≡ + ˜ ψ+ = Λ0 τ, ψ = Λ1−δ + Λ2−σ, ψ = ψ ψ. (3.282) − ± ± In this case, the target space metric seen by the membrane is l2 g g = l2 , g = l2 δ , g g = 11 , 00 ≡ tt − 11 IJ 11 IJ 44 ≡ rr C2(r) 2 2 2l 2 2 2 g++ = l11 C (r), g = l11D (r). (3.283) 3 −− Hence, in our notations, we have µ = (0, I, +, ), a = 4 r. Now, the metric induced on the − ≡ membrane worldvolume is 2l 2 G = l2 (Λ0)2 Λ2 (Λ+)2 C2 , 00 − 11 0 − 0 − 0 3 " # 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 r′ G = l (Λ−) D , G = l Λ−Λ−D , G = l (Λ−) D + . 11 11 1 12 11 1 2 22 11 2 C2 The constraints are satisfied identically, and 2 0. The Lagrangian takes the form Pµ ≡ 2 A 1 2 0 2 2 D (σ)= K r′ V , K = (2λ T l Λ−) , L 4λ0 rr − rr − 2 11 1 C2 2l 2 V = U = l2 (Λ0)2 Λ2 (Λ+)2 C2 . 11 0 − 0 − 0 3 " # 121 The turning points read 8 r = 3l, r = r = l 1+ > 3l, min max 1 9v2 v 1 0 u 4l2(Λ+)2 u − 0 8 t r = l 1+ < 0, v2 = (Λ0)2 Λ2. 2 9v2 0 0 0 − v 1 0 − u 4l2(Λ+)2 u − 0 t For the present embedding, we derive the following membrane solution r 1/2 0 7 5 1/2 K (t) 2λ T l Λ− 2 l ∆r σ(r)= rr dt = 2 11 1 (3.284) − V (t) 2 1/2 3 (r 3l) (3l r ) × Z3l (Λ+)2 2l v2 1 − − 2 0 3 − 0 (6) h ∆r i∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F 1/2; 1, 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2; , , , , , . D − − − − 2l − 3l − 4l − 6l −3l r r 3l − 2 1 − The normalization condition leads to 0 7 5 1/2 λ T l Λ− 2 l 2 11 1 (3.285) 2 1/2 3 (3l r ) × (Λ+)2 2l v2 − 2 0 3 − 0 h (5) i ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 F 1/2; 1, 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2; 1; , , , , = D − − − − 2l − 3l − 4l − 6l −3l r − 2 0 7 5 1/2 λ T2l11Λ1− 2 l 2 1/2 3 (3l r ) × (Λ+)2 2l v2 − 2 0 3 − 0 h i 1/2 1/2 ∆ r ∆r ∆r ∆r − ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 3l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 1 1 F (5) 1/2; 1, 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; , , , , = 1. D 2l 3l 4l 6l 3l r2 − − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! The computation of the conserved momentum P P gives + ≡ ψ+ 2 3 + 5 7 1/2 π T2l11Λ0 Λ1− 2 l P+ = (3.286) 2 1/2 33 (3l r ) × (Λ+)2 2l v2 − 2 0 3 − 0 (3)h i ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r F 3/2; 1, 1/2, 1/2; 2; , , = 1 D − − − 3l − 6l −3l r − 2 2 3 + 5 7 1/2 π T2l11Λ0 Λ1− 2 l 2 1/2 33 (3l r ) × (Λ+)2 2l v2 − 2 0 3 − 0 h i 1/2 1/2 ∆ r ∆r ∆r − ∆r 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1 3l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 F (3) 1/2; 1, 1/2, 1/2; 2; , , . D 3l 6l 3l r2 − − 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 122 Let us note that for the embedding (3.282), the momentum Pψ− is zero. Going to the semiclassical limit r1 , which in the case under consideration leads to 2 2 + 2 → ∞ 9v0/[4l (Λ0 ) ] 1 , one obtains that (3.285) and (3.286) reduce to → − 2 3/2 5/2 2 3 3 + 9v0 0 2 π T2l11Λ1−l Λ 1 = 2λ T2l11Λ−l, P+ = . 0 2 + 2 1 2 3/2 − 4l (Λ0 ) 9v0 9 1 2 + 2 − 4l (Λ0 ) h i These two equalities, together with (3.262), give the following relation between the energy and the conserved momenta 2 2 9 2 2 3 2/3 4/3 E = P + P (6π T l Λ−) P . (3.287) 2l2 + − 2 11 1 + In the particular case when P = 0, (3.287) can be rewritten as 2/3 2 3 3 3 4√2π T2l11Λ1−l E = P+v1 . √2l u − 9P+ ! u t Expanding the square root and neglecting the higher order terms, one derives energy-charge relation of the type E K K1/3, first found for backgrounds of G -holonomy in [29]. − ∼ 2 Now, let us write down the semiclassical limit of our membrane solution (3.284): 2 3 7 5 1/2 π T l Λ− 2 l σ (r)= 2 11 1 (3.288) scl P 33 × + ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r1/2F (4) 1/2; 1, 1, 1, 1/2; 3/2; , , , = D − − − − 2l − 3l − 4l − 6l 2 3 7 5 1/2 1/2 π T l Λ− 2 l ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r − 2 11 1 ∆r1/2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ P 33 2l 3l 4l 6l × + (4) 1 1 1 1 FD 1; 1, 1, 1, 1/2; 3/2; 2l , 3l , 4l , 6l . − − − 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r ! Forth type of membrane embedding [11] Let us consider membrane configuration given by the following ansatz: 0 0 1 I I I I X t = Λ0τ + 0 [(Λ0.Λ1) δ + (Λ0.Λ2) σ] , X = Λ0τ + Λ1δ + Λ2σ, ≡ Λ0 4 + ˜ X r(σ), ψ+ = Λ0 τ, ψ = Λ0−τ, ψ = ψ ψ. (3.289) ≡ − ± ± It is analogous to (3.255), but now the rotations are in the planes defined by the angles ψ = ψ ψ˜ ± ± instead of θ and θ˜. 123 The background felt by the membrane is as given in (3.283). However, the metric induced on the membrane worldvolume is different and it is the following 2 2 0 2 2 + 2 2l 2 2 2 G = l (Λ ) Λ (Λ ) C (Λ−) D , 00 − 11 0 − 0 − 0 3 − 0 " # r 2 G = l2 M , G = l2 M , G = l2 M + ′ , 11 11 11 12 11 12 22 11 22 C2 where Mij are defined in (3.257). The constraints are identically satisfied, and the constants of the motion 2 are given by (3.258). The membrane Lagrangian now takes the form Pµ A 1 2 0 2 2 M11 (σ)= K r′ V , K = (2λ T l ) , L 4λ0 rr − rr − 2 11 C2 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 2 + 2 2l 2 2 2 V = (2λ T l ) det M + l (Λ ) Λ (Λ ) C (Λ−) D . 2 11 ij 11 0 − 0 − 0 3 − 0 " # ˜ Let us first consider the particular case when Λ0− = 0, i.e. ψ = ψ. The turning points now are 8 8 r = 3l, r = r = l 1+ > 3l, r = l 1+ < 0, min max 1 9u2 2 9u2 v 1 0 − v 1 0 u 4l2(Λ+)2 u 4l2(Λ+)2 u − 0 u − 0 t t 2 where u0 is introduced in (3.259). Now one arrives at the following membrane solution 2λ0T l 27l3M ∆r 1/2 σ(r)= 2 11 11 (3.290) 2 1/2 3 (r 3l) (3l r ) (Λ+)2 2l u2 1 − − 2 0 3 − 0 (5) h i ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F 1/2; 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2; , , , , . × D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r r 3l − 2 1 − The normalization condition gives λ0T l 27l3M 1/2 2 11 11 (3.291) 2 1/2 3 (3l r ) × (Λ+)2 2l u2 − 2 0 3 − 0 h (4) i ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 F 1/2; 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2; 1; , , , = D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r − 2 0 7 3 1/2 λ T2l11 2 l M11 2 1/2 3 (3l r ) × (Λ+)2 2l u2 − 2 0 3 − 0 h i 1/2 1/2 ∆ r ∆r ∆r − ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2, ; 1; , , , = 1. D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 124 We derive for the conserved momentum P+ Pψ the following expression (P Pψ− = 0 as a ≡ + − ≡ consequence of Λ0− = 0): 2 3 + 5 5 1/2 π T2l11Λ0 2 l M11 P+ = 2 1/2 33 (3l r ) × (Λ+)2 2l u2 − 2 0 3 − 0 (2)h i ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r F 3/2; 1/2, 1/2; 2; , = 1 D − − 6l −3l r − 2 2 3 + 5 5 1/2 1/2 1/2 π T2l11Λ0 2 l M11 ∆r1 ∆r1 − ∆r1 1+ 1+ 2 1/2 33 (3l r ) 6l 3l r × (Λ+)2 2l u2 − 2 − 2 0 3 − 0 h i 1 1 F (2) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2; 2; , . (3.292) D 6l 3l r2 − 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ! In the semiclassical limit, (3.291) and (3.292) simplify to 9u2 27/2πT l3 l2M 1/2 πΛ+ 1 0 = 23/23λ0T l M 1/2, P = 2 11 11 . 0 2 + 2 2 11 11 + 9u2 − 4l (Λ0 ) 0 3 1 2 + 2 − 4l (Λ0 ) h i Taking also into account (3.262), we obtain the following fourth order algebraic equation for E2 as a function of P and P+ 2 E2 E2 P2 (3/l)2P 2 (2π2T l3 )2 (Λ Λ )2 E2 [(Λ Λ ) P]2 − − + − 2 11 1 × 2 − 1 × 2 × n n oo 27(3πT l3 )2E2 Λ2E2 (Λ .P)2 P 2 = 0. (3.293) − 2 11 1 − 1 + h i I I I Let us consider a few simple cases. When Λ0 = 0 and Λ2 = cΛ1, (3.293) reduces to E2 = (3/l)2P 2 + 27/23πT l3 Λ P , (3.294) + 2 11 | 1 | + or 7/2 3 2 3 2 πT2l11l Λ1 E = P+ 1+ | |. l s 3P+ Expanding the square root and neglecting the higher order terms, one derives energy-charge relation of the type E K const. If we impose only the conditions ΛI = 0, (3.293) gives − ∼ 0 E2 = (2π2T l3 )2 (Λ Λ )2 + (3/l)2P 2 + 27/23πT l3 Λ P . (3.295) 2 11 1 × 2 + 2 11 | 1 | + If we take ΛI = 0, ΛI = cΛI , (3.293) simplifies to 0 6 2 1 2 E2 E2 P2 (3/l)2P 2 27(3πT l3 )2Λ2P 2 + 27(3πT l3 )2 (Λ .P)2 P 2 = 0, − − + − 2 11 1 + 2 11 1 + n o 2 which is third order algebraic equation for E . Suppose that Λ1 and P are orthogonal to each other, i.e. (Λ1.P) = 0. Then, the above relation becomes E2 = P2 + (3/l)2P 2 + 27/23πT l3 Λ P . (3.296) + 2 11 | 1 | + 125 Finally, we give the semiclassical limit of the membrane solution (3.290) 4l 3/2 1 1/2 ∆r1/2 σ (r) = 2π2T l3 Λ2 (Λ .P)2 scl 2 11 3 1 − E2 1 P + ∆r ∆r ∆r F (3) 1/2; 1, 1, 1/2; 3/2; , , × D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l 3/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 4l 1 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r − = 2π2T l3 Λ2 (Λ .P)2 1+ 1+ 1+ 2 11 3 1 − E2 1 P 2l 4l 6l + 1 1 1 F (3) 1; 1, 1, 1/2; 3/2; , , . × D − − 2l 4l 6l 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r ! Now, we turn to the case Λ− = 0, when the solutions of the equation r = 0 are 0 6 ′ l 4(u2 9Λ2) r = 3l, r = r = 1+ u2 Λ2 1+ 1 − , min max 1 v 2 2 2 √2 − u s − (1 + u Λ ) p u − t l 4(u2 9Λ2) r = 1+ u2 Λ2 1 1 − , 2 v 2 2 2 √2 − u − s − (1 + u Λ ) p u − t l 4(u2 9Λ2) r = 1+ u2 Λ2 1+ 1 − , 3 v 2 2 2 −√2 − u s − (1 + u Λ ) p u − t l 4(u2 9Λ2) r = 1+ u2 Λ2 1 1 − , 4 v 2 2 2 −√2 − u − s − (1 + u Λ ) p u − 2 t 2 3u Λ+ u2 = 0 , Λ2 = 2 0 . lΛ Λ 0− 0− Correspondingly, we obtain the following solution for σ(r): λ0T l 293l3M ∆r 1/2 σ(r)= 2 11 11 Λ (r 3l) (3l r ) (3l r ) (3l r ) × 0− 1 − − 2 − 3 − 4 F (7) (1/2; 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2; (3.297) D − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r , , , , , , . − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r −3l r −3l r r 3l − 2 − 3 − 4 1 − 126 For the normalization condition, we derive the result λ0T l 273l3M 1/2 2 11 11 (3.298) Λ (3l r ) (3l r ) (3l r ) × 0− − 2 − 3 − 4 F (6) (1/2; 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 = − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r −3l r −3l r − 2 − 3 − 4 0 7 3 1/2 1/2 λ T l 2 3l M ∆r ∆r ∆r − 2 11 11 1+ 1+ 1+ Λ (3l r ) (3l r ) (3l r ) 2l 4l 6l × 0− − 2 − 3 − 4 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r − ∆r − ∆r − 1+ 1+ 1+ 3l r 3l r 3l r × − 2 − 3 − 4 F (6) (1/2; 1, 1, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , = 1. 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 3l r3 3l r4 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! The computation of the conserved quantities P+ and P gives − + 5 5 1/2 2 3 Λ0 2 l M11 P+ = π T2l ∆r1 (3.299) 11 Λ 3 (3l r ) (3l r ) (3l r ) × 0− − 2 − 3 − 4 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (4) 3/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;2; 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 = D − − 6l −3l r −3l r −3l r − 2 − 3 − 4 + 5 5 1/2 2 3 Λ0 2 l M11 π T2l 11 Λ 3 (3l r ) (3l r ) (3l r ) × 0− − 2 − 3 − 4 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r − ∆r − ∆r − ∆r 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1 6l 3l r 3l r 3l r × − 2 − 3 − 4 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;2; , , , , D 6l 3l r2 3l r3 3l r4 − 1+ 1+ − 1+ − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 127 7 7 1/2 2 3 2 3l M11 P = π T2l11 (3.300) − (3l r ) (3l r ) (3l r ) × − 2 − 3 − 4 F (7) (1/2; 1, 2, 1, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 = − 2l − 3l − 4l − 6l −3l r −3l r −3l r − 2 − 3 − 4 273l7M 1/2 π2T l3 11 2 11 (3l r ) (3l r ) (3l r ) × − 2 − 3 − 4 2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 3l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r − ∆r − ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l r 3l r 3l r × − 2 − 3 − 4 F (7) (1/2; 1, 2, 1, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , , . 2l 3l 4l 6l 3l r2 3l r3 3l r4 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Let us now take the semiclassical limit r . In this limit, (3.298), (3.299) and (3.300) reduce 1 →∞ correspondingly to + 0 1/2 4 2 3 2 1/2 Λ0 Λ0− = 3λ T2l11M11 , P+ = π T2l11l M11 , 3 Λ0− 2 + 2 1 2 3 2 1/2 3u0 Λ0 P = π T2l11l M11 2 . − 6 lΛ − Λ " 0− 0− # These equalities, together with (3.262), lead to the following relation between the energy E and the conserved charges P, P+ and P : − 2 E2 E2 P2 (3/2l)2P 2 (2π2T l3 )2 (Λ Λ )2 E2 [(Λ Λ ) P]2 − − + − 2 11 1 × 2 − 1 × 2 × n 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 n oo (6π T2l11) E Λ1E (Λ1.P) P = 0. (3.301) − − − h i Let us point out that the above relation is only valid for P = 0, whereas we can always set P or − 6 P+ equal to zero. Below, we give a few simple solutions of (3.301). I I I Choosing Λ0 = 0 and Λ2 = cΛ1, one obtains 2 2 2 2 3 E = (3/2l) P+ + 6π T2l11 Λ1 P , (3.302) | | − which can be rewritten as 2 3 2 3 8π T2l11l Λ1 P E = P+ 1+ 2| | − . 2l s 3P+ 128 Expanding the square root and neglecting the higher order terms, one arrives at 3 2 3 P E = P+ + 2π T2l11l Λ1 − . 2l | | P+ I If only the conditions Λ0 = 0 are imposed, (3.301) gives 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 E = (2π T2l11) (Λ1 Λ2) + (3/2l) P+ + 6π T2l11 Λ1 P . (3.303) × | | − If we choose ΛI = 0, ΛI = cΛI , then (3.301) simplifies to a third order algebraic equation for E2 0 6 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 E E P (3/2l) P+ (6π T2l11) Λ1P + (6π T2l11) (Λ1.P) P = 0. − − − − − n o If (Λ1.P) = 0, the above relation reduces to 2 2 2 2 2 3 E = P + (3/2l) P+ + 6π T2l11 Λ1 P . (3.304) | | − Finally, let us write down the semiclassical limit of the membrane solution (3.297): 28π2T l3 l 1/2 1 1/4 σ (r)= 2 11 Λ2 (Λ .P)2 ∆r1/2 scl 34P 1 − E2 1 − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (4) 1/2; 1, 1, 1, 1/2; 3/2; , , , × D − − − 2l − 3l − 4l − 6l 28π2T l3 l 1/2 1 1/4 = 2 11 Λ2 (Λ .P)2 34P 1 − E2 1 − 1 1/2 ∆r ∆r − ∆r ∆r − ∆r1/2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ × 2l 3l 4l 6l 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1; 1, 1, 1, 1/2; 3/2; , , , . × D − − 2l 3l 4l 6l 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r 1+ ∆r ! More rotating membrane solutions in this eleven dimensional supergravity background can be found in Appendix B of [11]. Some mathematical results (n) It is known that the Lauricella hypergeometric functions of n variables FD are defined as [53] (n) FD (a; b1, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zn)= (3.305) k ∞ 1 kn (a)k1+...+kn (b1)k1 . . . (bn)kn z1 ...zn Γ(a + k) , zj < 1, (a)k = , (c)k1+...+kn k1! ...kn! | | Γ(a) k1,...,kXn=0 and have the following integral representation [53] (n) FD (a, b1, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zn)= (3.306) 1 Γ(c) a 1 c a 1 b1 bn x − (1 x) − − (1 z x)− . . . (1 z x)− dx, Γ(a)Γ(c a) − − 1 − n − Z0 Re(a) > 0, Re(c a) > 0. − 129 However, in order to perform our calculations, we need to know more about the properties of these functions. That is why, we proved in [11] that the following equalities hold (n) 1. FD (a; b1, . . . , bi, . . . , bj, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zi,...,zj,...,zn)= (n) FD (a; b1, . . . , bj, . . . , bi, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zj,...,zi,...,zn). (n) 2. FD (a; b1, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zn)= n bi (n) z1 zn (1 zi)− FD c a; b1, . . . , bn; c; ,..., . − − z1 1 zn 1 Yi=1 − − (n) 3. F (a; b1, . . . , bi 1, bi, bi+1, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zi 1, 1, zi+1,...,zn)= D − − Γ(c)Γ(c a bi) (n 1) − − F − (a; b1, . . . , bi 1, bi+1, . . . , bn; c bi; z1,...,zi 1, zi+1,...,zn). Γ(c a)Γ(c b ) D − − − − − i (n) 4. F (a; b1, . . . , bi 1, bi, bi+1, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zi 1, 0, zi+1,...,zn)= D − − (n 1) F − (a; b1, . . . , bi 1, bi+1, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zi 1, zi+1,...,zn). D − − (n) 5. F (a; b1, . . . , bi 1, 0, bi+1, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zi 1, zi, zi+1,...,zn)= D − − (n 1) F − (a; b1, . . . , bi 1, bi+1, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zi 1, zi+1,...,zn). D − − (n) 6. FD (a; b1, . . . , bi, . . . , bj, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zi,...,zi,...,zn)= (n 1) FD − (a; b1, . . . , bi + bj, . . . , bn; c; z1,...,zi,...,zn). 7. F (2n+1)(a; a c + 1, b , b , . . . , b , b ; c; 1, z , z ...,z , z )= D − 2 2 2n 2n − 2 − 2 2n − 2n Γ(a/2)Γ(c) F (n)(a/2; b , . . . , b ; c a/2; z2,...,z2 ). 2Γ(a)Γ(c a/2) D 2 2n − 2 2n − 8. F (2n+1) (c a; a c + 1, b , b , . . . , b , b ; c; D − − 2 2 2n 2n z z z z 1/2, 2 , 2 ,..., 2n , 2n = −1 z 1+ z −1 z 1+ z − 2 2 − 2n 2n Γ(a/2)Γ(c) z2 z2 F (n) c a; b , . . . , b ; c a/2; 2 ,..., 2n . 2c aΓ(a)Γ(c a/2) D − 2 2n − −1 z2 −1 z2 − − − 2 − 2n 3.2.4 Rotating D2-branes in type IIA reduction of M-theory on G2 manifold and their semiclassical limits Here, we will consider D2-branes rotating in the background (3.18). We begin with the following D2-brane embedding in the target space: 0 0 0 (Λ0.Λ1) 1 2 I I 0 I 1 2 X = Λ0ξ + 0 ξ + cξ , X = Λ0ξ + Λ1 ξ + cξ , (3.307) Λ0 2 θ1 0 θ2 0 I J r = r(ξ ), θ1 = Λ0 ξ , θ2 = Λ0 ξ ; (Λ0.Λ1)= δIJ Λ0Λ1 , c = constant. It corresponds to D2-brane extended in the radial direction r, and rotating in the planes given by the angles θ1 and θ2 with constant angular momenta Pθ1 and Pθ2 . It is nontrivially spanned along 0 I x and x and moves with constant energy E, and constant momenta PI . 130 The expression for the D2-brane solution found in [12] for this case is given by 1/2 2 16 0 Ml 3/4 ξ (r)= λ TD2 2 2 (2∆r) (3.308) 3 " Λ+ + Λ (3l r2)∆r1 # × − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r F (5) 3/4; 1/4, 1 /4, 1/4, 1/2, 1/2; 7/4; , , , , . D − − − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l r ∆r − 2 1 Now, we compute the conserved momenta on the obtained solution: 1/2 E PI 2 Ml 0 = I = 8π TD2 2 2 (3.309) Λ0 Λ0 " Λ+ + Λ (3l r2)# × − − 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆ r ∆r − ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;1; , , , , D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! P = Λθ1 Λθ2 cos ψ0 ID + Λθ1 + Λθ2 cos ψ0 ID , (3.310) θ1 0 − 0 1 A1 0 0 1 B1 P = Λθ2 Λθ1 cos ψ0 ID + Λθ2 + Λθ1 cos ψ0 ID , θ2 0 − 0 1 A1 0 0 1 B1 where 1/2 5 D 2 Ml IA1 = 8π TD2 2 2 (3.311) " Λ+ + Λ (3l r2)# × − − 3/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;1; , , , , D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 − − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 1/2 3 D 4 2 Ml IB1 = π TD2 2 2 (3.312) 3 " Λ+ + Λ (3l r2)# × − − 1/2 3/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − ∆r − ∆r 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1 2l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 1 1 1 1 F (4) 1/2; 1/2, 3/2, 1/2, 1/2; 2; , , , . D 2l 4l 6l 3l r2 − − 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! In the semiclassical limit, (3.309) - (3.312) simplify to 1/2 E PI 2 2 M 0 = I = π TD2 2 2 , Λ0 Λ0 3 Λ+ + Λ − √ 2 1/2 θ1 D θ2 D D D 3π TD2M 2 Pθ1 = 2Λ0 IA1, Pθ2 = 2Λ0 IA1, IA1 = IB1 = v0. 2 2 3/2 Λ+ + Λ − 131 From here, one obtains the following relation between the energy and the conserved charges 3 2 2 E2 E2 P2 (π2T )2 Λ2E2 (Λ .P)2 P 2 + P 2 = 0, (3.313) − − 35 D2 1 − 1 θ1 θ2 h i which is third order algebraic equation for E2. For (Λ1.P) = 0, (3.313) reduces to 3/2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1/2 E = P + π TD2 Λ1 P + P . 35/2 | | θ1 θ2 This is the same type energy-charge relation as the one obtained for the string in (3.25). Let us now consider the other possible D2-brane embedding for the same background metric. It is given by 0 0 0 I I 0 2 X = Λ0ξ , X = Λ0ξ , r = r(ξ ), (3.314) θ = Λθξ0 + Λθξ1 + Λθξ2, θ = Λθξ0 Λθξ1 Λθξ2. 1 0 1 2 2 0 − 1 − 2 This ansatz describes D2-brane, which is extended along the radial direction r and rotates in the planes defined by the angles θ1 and θ2, with equal angular momenta Pθ1 = Pθ2 = Pθ. Now we 0 I have nontrivial wrapping along θ1 and θ2. In addition, the D2-brane moves along x and x with constant energy E and constant momenta PI respectively. Now, one finds the following D2-brane solution [12]: 2 2 1/2 2 8 0 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l v+)(3l v ) 3/4 ξ (r)= λ T − − − − (2∆r) D2 ˇ 2 ˇ 2 3 " 3 Λ+ + Λ (3l r2)∆r1 # × − − F (7) (3/4; 1/4, 1/4, 1 /4, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 7/4; (3.315) D − − − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r , , , , , , , − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l v+ −3l v −3l r2 ∆r1 − − − − where v are the zeros of the polynomial ± 2 2 2 Λ1+ Λ1 2 t 2l 2 − 2− t 3l = (t v+)(t v ). − Λ1+ + Λ1 − − − − − In the case under consideration, the conserved quantities are E, PI and Pθ. We derive the following result for them [12] 2 2 1/2 E PI 2 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l v+)(3l v ) = = 4π T − − − − (3.316) 0 I D2 ˇ 2 ˇ 2 Λ0 Λ0 " 3 Λ+ + Λ (3l r2) # × − − 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l v+ 3l v 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;1; D − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , 2l 4l 6l 3l v+ 3l v 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 132 P = Λθ 1 cos ψ0 ID + 1 + cos ψ0 ID , θ 0 − 1 A2 1 B2 where 5 2 2 1/2 D 2 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l v+)(3l v ) I = 4π T − − − − A2 D2 ˇ 2 ˇ 2 " 3 Λ+ + Λ (3l r2) # × − − ∆r 3/2 ∆r 1/2 ∆r 1/2 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l v+ 3l v 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , 2l 4l 6l 3l v+ 3l v 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 3 2 2 1/2 D 2 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l v+)(3l v ) I = 2π T − − − − B2 D2 3 ˇ 2 ˇ 2 " 3 Λ+ + Λ (3l r2) # × − − 1/2 3/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − ∆r 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l v+ 3l v 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 1/2, 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;2; D − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , . 2l 4l 6l 3l v+ 3l v 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Taking the semiclassical limit in the above expressions15, we obtain the following dependence of the energy on PI and Pθ: 2 2 5/3 θ 2/3 4/3 E = P + 3 (2πTD2Λ1) Pθ . (3.317) Now, we turn to the case of D2-brane embedded in the following way 0 0 0 (Λ0.Λ1) 1 2 I I 0 I 1 2 X = Λ0ξ + 0 ξ + cξ , X = Λ0ξ + Λ1 ξ + cξ , (3.318) Λ0 2 θ 0 φ 0 r = r(ξ ), θ1 = Λ0ξ , φ2 = Λ0 ξ . (3.318) is analogous to (3.307), but now the rotations are in the planes defined by the angles θ1 and φ2 instead of θ1 and θ2. The solution ξ2(r) can be obtained from (3.308) by the replacement 2 2 ¯ 2 ¯ 2 2 Λ+ + Λ Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3. (3.319) − → − 15 In this limit v± remain finite. 133 The explicit expressions for E and PI can be obtained in the same way from (3.309). The compu- tation of the conserved angular momenta Pθ and Pφ gives P = Λθ Λφ sin ψ0 sin θ0 J D + Λθ + Λφ sin ψ0 sin θ0 J D , θ 0 − 0 1 2 A1 0 0 1 2 B1 P = Λφ sin θ0 Λθ sin ψ0 sin θ0J D + Λφ sin θ0 + Λθ sin ψ0 sin θ0J D φ 0 2 − 0 1 2 A1 0 2 0 1 2 B1 φ 2 0 D +Λ0 cos θ2JD1, D D where one obtains JA1, JB1 from (3.311), (3.312) by the replacement (3.319), and 1/2 Ml5 J D = 8π2T D1 D2 ¯ 2 ¯ 2 2 " Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2)# × − − 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r − ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 3l 4l 6l 3l r × − 2 F (5) (1/2; 1/2, 2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;1; D − − − 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , . 2l 3l 4l 6l 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Taking r in the above expressions, one obtains that in the semiclassical limit the following 1 →∞ energy-charge relation holds 2 2 2 2 3 2 E E P 2 2 2 2 3Pφ − = (π TD2) P + . 2 2 2 5 θ 2 0 Λ E (Λ1.P) 3 3 cos θ2 ! 1 − − 0 Obviously, this is a generalization of the relation (3.313) and for θ2 = π/2 has the same form. Another possible ansatz for the D2-brane embedding is 0 0 0 I I 0 2 θ 1 θ 2 φ 0 X = Λ0ξ , X = Λ0ξ , r = r(ξ ), θ1 = Λ1ξ + Λ2ξ , φ2 = Λ0 ξ , (3.320) i.e., we have D2-brane extended in the radial direction r, wrapped along the angular coordinate θ1 and rotating in the plane given by the angle φ2. Then one obtains the solution: 1/2 2 8 0 θ l(3l w+)(3l w ) 3/4 ξ (r)= λ TD2Λ − − − (2∆r) 3 1 3Λ2 + 2Λ2 (3l r )∆r × " D − 2 1 # F (7) (3/4; 1/4, 1/4 , 1/4, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 7/4; (3.321) D − − − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r , , , , , , , w = √3l. − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l w+ −3l w −3l r2 ∆r1 ± ± − − − − 134 The computation of the conserved quantities E, P and P P , gives I φ2 ≡ φ 1/2 E PI 2 θ l(3l w+)(3l w ) = = 4π TD2Λ − − − (3.322) Λ0 ΛI 1 3Λ2 + 2Λ2 (3l r ) × 0 0 " D − 2 # 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆ r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l w+ 3l w 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , 2l 4l 6l 3l w+ 3l w 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 2 0 D D 2 0 D Pφ = sin θ2 JA2 + JB2 + cos θ2JD2, where 1/2 5 D 2 φ θ l (3l w+)(3l w ) J = 4π TD2Λ Λ − − − A2 0 1 3Λ2 + 2Λ2 (3l r ) × " D − 2 # ∆r 3/2 ∆ r 1/2 ∆r 1/2 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l w+ 3l w 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;1; D − − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , 2l 4l 6l 3l w+ 3l w 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 1/2 3 D 2 2 φ θ l (3l w+)(3l w ) J = π TD2Λ Λ − − − B2 3 0 1 3Λ2 + 2Λ2 (3l r ) × " D − 2 # 1/2 3/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − ∆r 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l w+ 3l w 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 1/2, 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 2; D − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , 2l 4l 6l 3l w+ 3l w 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 135 1/2 5 D 2 φ θ l (3l w+)(3l w ) J = 4π TD2Λ Λ − − − D2 0 1 3Λ2 + 2Λ2 (3l r ) × " D − 2 # 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆ r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 3l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l w+ 3l w 3l r2 × − − − − F (7) (1/2; 1/2, 2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , . 2l 3l 4l 6l 3l w+ 3l w 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Going to the semiclassical limit r in the above expressions for the conserved quantities, 1 → ∞ one obtains the following relation between them 2/3 37/3 πT Λθ E2 = P2 + D2 1 P 4/3. (3.323) 21/3 3 cos2 θ0 φ − 2 This is a generalization of the energy-charge relation received in (3.317). Another admissible embedding is 0 0 0 (Λ0.Λ1) 1 2 I I 0 I 1 2 X = Λ0ξ + 0 ξ + cξ , X = Λ0ξ + Λ1 ξ + cξ , (3.324) Λ0 2 φ1 0 φ2 0 r = r(ξ ), φ1 = Λ0 ξ , φ2 = Λ0 ξ . It is analogous to (3.307) and (3.318), but now the rotations are in the planes given by the angles φ1 and φ2. 2 The solution ξ (r), and the expressions for E, PI , may be obtained from the corresponding ¯ 2 ˜ 2 2 ˜ 2 quantities for the embedding (3.318) by the replacements Λ Λ , ΛD ΛD. For the conserved ∓ → ± → angular momenta Pφ1 and Pφ2 one finds φ1 0 φ2 0 0 0 D Pφ1 = Λ0 sin θ1 + Λ0 cos ψ1 sin θ2 sin θ1KA1 (3.325) + Λφ1 sin θ0 Λφ2 cos ψ0 sin θ0 sin θ0KD 0 1 − 0 1 2 1 B1 φ1 0 φ2 0 0 D + Λ0 cos θ1 + Λ0 cos θ2 cos θ1KD1, φ2 0 φ1 0 0 0 D Pφ2 = Λ0 sin θ2 + Λ0 cos ψ1 sin θ1 sin θ2KA1 (3.326) + Λφ2 sin θ0 Λφ1 cos ψ0 sin θ0 sin θ0KD 0 2 − 0 1 1 2 B1 φ1 0 φ2 0 0 D + Λ0 cos θ1 + Λ0 cos θ2 cos θ2KD1, D D D D D D where KA1, KB1 and KD1 can be obtained from JA1, JB1 and JD1 through the above mentioned replacements. 136 The calculations show that in the semiclassical limit, the dependence of the energy on the conserved charges, for the present case, is given by the equality: E2 E2 P2 2 − = (3.327) Λ2E2 (Λ .P)2 1 − 1 3 2 0 2 2 0 2 0 0 2 3 cos θ P + 3 cos θ P 4Pφ1 Pφ2 cos θ cos θ (π2T )2 − 2 φ1 − 1 φ2 − 1 2 . 35 D2 3 cos2 θ0 cos2 θ0 cos2 θ0 cos2 θ0 − 1 − 2− 1 2 Finally, let us consider the following possible D2-brane embedding 0 0 0 I I 0 2 X = Λ0ξ , X = Λ0ξ , r = r(ξ ), (3.328) φ = Λφξ0 + Λφξ1 + Λφξ2, φ = Λφξ0 Λφξ1 Λφξ2. 1 0 1 2 2 0 − 1 − 2 It describes D2-brane configuration, which is analogous to the one in (3.314), but now the rotations are in the planes defined by the angles φ1 and φ2 instead of θ1 and θ2. For this embedding, one obtains 1/2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l u+)(3l u ) 2 8 0 − − − − 3/4 ξ (r)= λ TD2 (2∆r) 3 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 × 3 Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2)∆r1 − − F (7) (3/4; 1/4, 1/4, 1/4, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 7/4; D − − − − ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r , , , , , , , − 2l − 4l − 6l −3l u+ −3l u −3l r2 ∆r1 − − − − where 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 Λ1+ Λ1 Λ1+ Λ1 u = l − − 3+ − − . ± ˆ 2 ˆ 2 v ˆ 2 ˆ 2 Λ1+ + Λ1 ± u Λ1+ + Λ1 ! − u − t The computation of the conserved charges results in 1/2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l u+)(3l u ) E PI 2 − − − − = = 4π TD2 (3.329) Λ0 ΛI ˆ 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 × 0 0 3 Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2) − − 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l u+ 3l u 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;1; D − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , 2l 4l 6l 3l u+ 3l u 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 137 P P = P = φ ≡ φ1 φ2 Λφ sin2 θ0 1 + cos ψ0 KD + 1 cos ψ0 KD + 2 cos2 θ0KD , 0 1 A2 − 1 B2 D2 where 1/2 5 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l u+)(3l u ) D 2 − − − − KA2 = 4π TD2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 × 3 Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2) − − ∆r 3/2 ∆r 1/2 ∆r 1/2 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l u+ 3l u 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , 2l 4l 6l 3l u+ 3l u 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 1/2 3 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l u+)(3l u ) D 2 − − − − KB2 = 2π TD2 3 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 × 3 Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2) − − 1/2 3/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − ∆r 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1 2l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l u+ 3l u 3l r2 × − − − − F (6) (1/2; 1/2, 3/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2;2; D − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , 2l 4l 6l 3l u+ 3l u 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! 1/2 5 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 l Λ1+ + Λ1 (3l u+)(3l u ) D 2 − − − − KD2 = 4π TD2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 × 3 Λ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 (3l r2) − − 1/2 2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 2l 3l 4l 6l × 1/2 1/2 1/2 ∆r ∆r ∆r − 1+ 1 1+ 1 1+ 1 3l u+ 3l u 3l r2 × − − − − F (7) (1/2; 1/2, 2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 1; D − − − − − 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , , , , . 2l 3l 4l 6l 3l u+ 3l u 3l r2 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ 1+ − 1+ − − 1+ − ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ∆r1 ! Taking the semiclassical limit in the above expressions for E, PI and Pφ, which in the case under 138 consideration corresponds to 3v2 r 2 0 , 1,2 →± ˆ 2 ˆ 2 ˆ 2 →∞ sΛ+ + Λ + 4ΛD/3 − we receive that the energy depends on PI and Pφ as follows 2/3 2πT Λφ sin θ0 E2 = P2 + 37/3 D2 1 P 4/3. (3.330) 4 sin2 θ0 φ − ! This is another generalization of the energy-charge relation given in (3.317). 3.2.5 Two-spin magnon-like energy-charge relations from M-theory viewpoint We showed in [13] that for each M-theory background, having subspaces with metrics of given type, there exist M2-brane configurations, which in appropriate limit lead to two-spin magnon-like energy-charge relations, established for strings on AdS S5, its β-deformation, and for membrane 5 × in AdS S7. 4 × If we split the target space coordinates as xM = (xµ,xa), where xµ are those on which the background does not depend, the conserved charges are given by the expression [6] 1 Q = dξ1dξ2g ∂ XN . (3.331) µ 2λ0 µN 0 Z Now, let us turn to our particular tasks. Consider backgrounds of the type ds2 = c2 dt2 + c2dθ2 + c2 cos2 θdϕ2 + c2 sin2 θdϕ2 + c2f(θ)dϕ2 , (3.332) − 1 2 1 3 2 4 3 2 where c, c1, c2, c3, c4 are arbitrary constants, and f(θ) takes two values: f(θ)=1and f(θ) = sin θ. We embed the membrane into (3.332) in the following way 0 m m 0 0 1 m 2 X (ξ ) t(ξ ) = Λ0ξ , X (ξ )= θ(ξ ), (3.333) 2 m ≡ m 2 0 X (ξ ) ϕ1(ξ ) = Λ0ξ , 3 m ≡ m 3 0 X (ξ ) ϕ2(ξ ) = Λ0ξ , 4 m ≡ m 4 i X (ξ )= ϕ3(ξ ) = Λi ξ , 0 4 µ = 0, 2, 3, 4, a = 1, Λ0,..., Λi = constants. This ansatz corresponds to M2-brane extended in the θ- direction, moving with constant energy E along the t-coordinate, rotating in the planes defined by the angles ϕ1, ϕ2, with constant angular momenta J1, J2, and wrapped along ϕ3. We begin with the case f(θ) = 1, when we have [13] 2 Kθ′ + V (θ) = 0, (3.334) K = (2λ0T c2c c Λ4)2, − 2 1 4 1 V (θ)= c2 (Λ0)2 (Λ2c )2 (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 sin2 θ . 0 − 0 2 − 0 3 − 0 2 139 From (3.334) one obtains the turning point (θ′ = 0) for the effective one dimensional motion (Λ0)2 (Λ2c )2 M 2 = 0 − 0 2 . (3.335) (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 0 3 − 0 2 The solution of (3.334) is 0 4 2 2 2λ T2cc1c4Λ1 sin θ 2 sin θ ξ (θ)= F1(1/2, 1/2, 1/2; 3/2;sin θ, 2 ). (3.336) M (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 1/2 M 0 3 − 0 2 On this solution, the conserved charges (3.331) take the form (Q0 E, Q2 J1, Q3 J2, ≡ − ≡ ≡ Q4 = 0) E 2π2T c3c c Λ4 = 2 1 4 1 F (1/2, 1/2; 1; M 2 ), (3.337) 0 1/2 2 1 Λ0 (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 0 3 − 0 2 J 2π2T c3c c2c Λ4 1 = 2 1 2 4 1 F ( 1/2, 1/2; 1; M 2 ), (3.338) 2 1/2 2 1 Λ0 (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 − 0 3 − 0 2 2 3 2 4 J2 2π T2c c1c3c4Λ1 2 2 = 2F1(1/2, 1/2; 1; M ) 2F1( 1/2, 1/2; 1; M ) . (3.339) Λ3 3 2 2 2 1/2 − − 0 (Λ0c3) (Λ0c2) − Our next aim is to consider the limit, in which M tends to its maximum value: M 1 . In → − this case, by using (3.335) and (3.337)-(3.339), one arrives at the energy-charge relation J J 2 E 2 = 1 + 4πT c3c c Λ4 2 (3.340) − c c 2 1 4 1 3 s 2 for E, J /c , E J /c , J /c finite. (3.341) 2 3 →∞ − 2 3 1 2 − Now, we are going to consider the case f(θ) = sin2 θ (see (3.332)), when we have [13] 2 Kθ˜ ′ + V (θ) = 0, (3.342) K˜ = (2λ0T c2c c Λ4)2 sin2 θ = K sin2 θ, − 2 1 4 1 where V (θ) and correspondingly M 2 are the same as in (3.334) and (3.335). The solution of (3.342) is given by the equality 0 4 2 2 2 λ T2cc1c4Λ1 sin θ 2 sin θ ξ (θ)= F1(1, 1/2, 1/2; 2; sin θ, 2 ), (3.343) M (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 1/2 M 0 3 − 0 2 and is obviously different from the previously obtained one. The computations show that on (3.343) the conserved charges (3.331) are as follows E 2πT c3c c Λ4 1+ M = 2 1 4 1 ln , (3.344) 0 1/2 Λ0 (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 1 M 0 3 − 0 2 − J 2πT c3c c2c Λ4 1 M 2 1+ M 1 = 2 1 2 4 1 ln + M , (3.345) 2 1/2 − Λ0 (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 2 1 M 0 3 − 0 2 − J 2πT c3c c2c Λ4 1+ M 2 1+ M 2 = 2 1 3 4 1 ln M . (3.346) 3 1/2 Λ0 (Λ3c )2 (Λ2c )2 2 1 M − 0 3 − 0 2 − 140 Taking M 1 , one sees that it corresponds again to the limit (3.341), and the two-spin → − energy-charge relation is J J 2 E 2 = 1 + 2πT c3c c Λ4 2, (3.347) − c c 2 1 4 1 3 s 2 which differs from (3.340) only by a factor of 4 in the second term on the right hand side. Discussion We have shown here that for each M-theory background, having subspaces with metrics of the type (3.332), there exist M2-brane configurations given by (3.333), which in the limit (3.341) lead to the two-spin, magnon-like, energy-charge relations (3.340) and (3.347). Examples for target space metrics of the type (3.332) are several subspaces of R S7, contained × in the AdS S7 solution of M-theory. 4 × More examples for target space metrics of the type (3.332), for which there exist the membrane configurations (3.333) giving rise to two-spin magnon-like energy-charge relations, can be found for instance in different subspaces of the AdS S4 solution of M-theory and not only there. 7 × 3.2.6 Integrable systems from membranes on AdS S7 4 × It is known that large class of classical string solutions in the type IIB AdS S5 background is 5 × related to the Neumann and Neumann-Rosochatius integrable systems, including spiky strings and giant magnons [56]. It is also interesting if these integrable systems can be associated with some membrane configurations in M-theory. We explain here how this can be achieved by considering membrane embedding in AdS S7 solution of M-theory, with the desired properties [13]. 4 × On the other hand, we will show the existence of membrane configurations in AdS S7 [14], 4 × which correspond to the continuous limit of the SU(2) integrable spin chain, arising in = 4 SYM N in four dimensions, dual to strings in AdS S5 [57]. 5 × Here we will work with the action (2.5) written for membranes (p = 2) in diagonal worldvolume gauge λi = 0, in which the action and the constraints simplify to 1 2 S = d3ξ = d3ξ G 2λ0T det G + T C , (3.348) M LM 4λ0 00 − 2 ij 2 012 Z Z 0 2 h i G00 + 2λ T2 det Gij = 0, (3.349) G0i = 0 . (3.350) Searching for membrane configurations in AdS S7, which correspond to the Neumann or 4 × Neumann-Rosochatius integrable systems, we should first eliminate the membrane interaction with the background 3-form field on AdS , to ensure more close analogy with the strings on AdS S5. 4 5 × 141 To make our choice, let us write down the background. It can be parameterized as follows 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ds = (2lp ) cosh ρdt + dρ + sinh ρ dα + sin αdβ + 4dΩ7 , 2 2R −2 2 dΩ7 = dψ1 + cos ψ1dϕ1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 +sin ψ1 dψ2 + cos ψ2dϕ2 + sin ψ2 dψ3 + cos ψ3dϕ3 + sin ψ3dϕ4 , c = (2l )3 sinh3 ρ sin αdt dα dβ. (3) pR ∧ ∧ Since we want the membrane to have nonzero conserved energy and spin on AdS, one possible choice, for which the interaction with the c(3) field disappears, is to fix the angle α: α = α0 = const. The metric of the corresponding subspace of AdS4 is ds2 = (2l )2 cosh2 ρdt2 + dρ2 + sinh2 ρd(β sin α )2 . sub pR − 0 2 7 The appropriate membrane embedding into dssub and S is m m iφµ(ξ ) Zµ = 2lp rµ(ξ )e , µ = (0, 1), φµ = (φ0, φ1) = (t, β sin α0), R m W = 4l r (ξm)eiϕa(ξ ), a = (1, 2, 3, 4), a pR a m where rµ and ra are real functions of ξ , while φµ and ϕa are the isometric coordinates on which the background metric does not depend. The six complex coordinates Zµ, Wa are restricted by the two real embedding constraints ηµν Z Z¯ + (2l )2 = 0, ηµν = ( 1, 1), δ W W¯ (4l )2 = 0, µ ν pR − ab a b − pR or equivalently ηµν r r +1=0, δ r r 1 = 0. µ ν ab a b − The coordinates rµ, ra are connected to the initial coordinates, on which the background depends, through the equalities r0 = cosh ρ, r1 = sinh ρ, r1 = cos ψ1, r2 = sin ψ1 cos ψ2, r3 = sin ψ1 sin ψ2 cos ψ3, r4 = sin ψ1 sin ψ2 sin ψ3. For the embedding described above, the induced metric is given by µν ¯ ¯ Gmn = η ∂(mZµ∂n)Zν + δab∂(mWa∂n)Wb = (3.351) 1 4 (2l )2 ηµν ∂ r ∂ r +r2 ∂ φ ∂ φ + 4 ∂ r ∂ r + r2∂ ϕ ∂ ϕ . pR m µ n ν µ m µ n ν m a n a a m a n a µ,ν=0 a=1 X X Correspondingly, the membrane Lagrangian becomes = + Λ (ηµν r r + 1) + Λ (δ r r 1), L LM A µ ν S ab a b − where ΛA and ΛS are Lagrange multipliers. Neumann and Neumann-Rosochatius integrable systems from membranes 142 Let us consider the following particular case of the above membrane embedding Z = 2l eiκτ ,Z = 0, W = 4l r (ξ, η)ei[ωaτ+µa(ξ,η)], (3.352) 0 pR 1 a pR a ξ = ασ1 + βτ,η = γσ2 + δτ, which implies m r0 = 1, r1 = 0, φ0 = t = κτ, ϕa(ξ )= ϕa(τ,σ1,σ2)= ωaτ + µa(ξ, η). (3.353) Here κ, ωa, α, β, γ, δ are parameters, whereas ra(ξ, η), µa(ξ, η) are arbitrary functions. As a µν consequence, the embedding constraint η rµrν + 1 = 0 is satisfied identically. For this ansatz, the membrane Lagrangian takes the form (∂ξ = ∂/∂ξ, ∂η = ∂/∂η) 2 4 (4l ) 2 = pR 8λ0T l αγ (∂ r ∂ r ∂ r ∂ r )2 L − 4λ0 2 pR ξ a η b − η a ξ b ( a